Citibank Europe plc, Germany Branch

Börsenplatz 9, 60313 Frankfurt am Main, DEU

Stammdaten

Register
Amtsgericht Frankfurt am Main HRB 110882
Eingetragen
2.2.2018
Branche
Kreditinstitute mit SonderaufgabenTätigkeiten der Großhandelsvermittlung von KraftwagenFinanzierungs-Conduits
Gegenstand
Ausübung des Geschäftes der Finanzierung oder Refinanzierung von Vermögenswerten gleich welcher Art (einschließlich unter anderem von Finanzvermögenswerten), sei es im Wege von Darlehen, Leasing, Ratenkauf, Verwahrung, Kauf auf Kredit, Vorbehaltskauf, Factoring, Diskontierung, Forfaitierung oder durch sonstige Maßnahmen, die die Ausweitung von Krediten beinhalten oder einen gleichartigen Effekt haben und unabhängig davon, ob sie die Bestellung von Sicherheiten oder den Erwerb oder die Veräußerung des zu finanzierenden oder zu refinanzierenden Vermögenswertes oder der Vermögenswerte durch die Gesellschaft zu irgendeiner Zeit umfassen.

Finanzübersicht

Historie

Keine Bekanntmachungen für diesen Filter verfügbar

Management

NameRolle
Susan Skerritt
seit 11.7.2025
Direktor
Rosemary Quinlan
seit 26.5.2025
Direktor
Darren Jarvis
seit 14.4.2025
Direktor
Natalie Monika Bozek
seit 21.2.2025
Direktor
Direktor
Fabio Lisanti
seit 28.2.2024
Direktor
Rauno Merklein
seit 28.2.2024
Vertreter
Direktor
Jim Farrell
seit 2.10.2023
Direktor
Ryan John Davis
seit 2.10.2023
Direktor
Peter McCarthy
seit 11.9.2020
Direktor
Desmond Crowley
seit 19.2.2020
Direktor
Dirk Loscher
seit 2.2.2018
Sonstige
Direktor

Konzern- und Jahresabschlüsse

Citibank Europe plc, Germany Branch

Frankfurt am Main

Jahresabschluss zum Geschäftsjahr vom 01.01.2023 bis zum 31.12.2023

CITIBANK EUROPE PLC

Dublin/Irland

(Registered Number: 132781)

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for the year ended 31 December 2023

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OTHER INFORMATION

DIRECTORS Susan Dean - Chairperson - Independent Non-Executive Silvia Carpitella - Chief Financial Officer and Interim Chief Executive Officer, (resigned on 30 April 2023) Desmond Crowley - Independent Non-Executive Gillian Lungley - Independent Non-Executive Jeanne Short - Independent Non-Executive John Gollan - Independent Non-Executive Patrick Dewilde - Non-Executive Peter McCarthy - Chief Executive Officer (Temporary Officer) (appointed on 17 November 2023), Non Executive Peter Jameson - Executive (appointed on 4 January 2023) Kristine Braden- Chief Executive Officer (CEO) (appointed on 1 April 2023, resigned on 16 November 2023) Ryan Davis-Non- Executive (appointed on 4 May 2023) Fabio Lisanti-Executive (appointed on 6 September 2023)
COMPANY SECRETARY Fiona Mahon
REGISTERED OFFICE 1 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1
SOLICITORS A&L Goodbody LLP International Financial Services Centre, 3 Dublin Landings, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1 Arthur Cox LLP Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2 Matheson LLP 70 Sir John Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2
AUDITOR KPMG Statutory Auditor and Chartered Accountants 1 Harbourmaster Place, IFSC, Dublin 1
BANKERS Citibank NA, London Branch Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5LB

DIRECTORS' REPORT

For the year ended 31 December 2023

The Directors present their report and the annual financial statements of Citibank Europe Plc ("the Company" or "CEP") and the "Group" (CEP and its' subsidiaries) for the year ended 31 December 2023, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRS).

Principal Activities

The Group is headquartered in Dublin, Ireland and for the year under review had two subsidiaries (2022: one subsidiary) and branches across 21 European countries (2022: 21 European countries). Its ultimate parent is Citigroup Inc. (hereafter referred to as either "Citigroup" or "Citi").

The Company, which holds a banking licence from the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) under Section 9 of the Central Bank Act 1971, provides financial services to clients and other Citigroup businesses on a worldwide basis. From 1 January 2017 the Group has been directly regulated by the European Central Bank (ECB) through the Single Supervisory Mechanism ("SSM" or "The Regulator").

The Company is passported under the EU Banking Consolidation Directive and accordingly is permitted to conduct a broad range of banking and financial services activities across the European Economic Area (EEA) through its branches and on a cross-border basis.

The core activities of the Group comprise Services, Markets, Banking, Wealth and Legacy Franchises. Services include Securities Services and Treasury and Trade Solutions (TTS). Markets activities include the provision of underwriting, sales and trading and distribution capabilities across a span of asset classes including rates, spread products, currencies, equities and commodities. Banking segment comprise of investment banking, corporate banking and commercial banking. Wealth activities comprise private banking services to high net worth individuals and family offices. Legacy Franchises is a operating segment created in 2022 that primarily consists of consumer businesses that Citi plan to exit as part of simplification strategy including retail banking activities. These businesses service a wide range of target market clients including financial institutions, fund managers, governments, public sector clients, large local and multinational corporations, and high net worth individuals.

Business Review

For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group reported a profit after tax of $1,743 million (31 December 2022: $1,031 million) and has maintained robust capital and liquidity positions during that period.

The net income before impairment was $4,347 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $3,005 million), which increased 45%, driven by Services, Markets and Banking, partially offset by decline in Wealth. Within Services, TTS delivered a strong performance primarily benefiting from higher interest rates and volume growth in deposits reflecting broadened client base. This was combined with increase in Securities Services revenue due to growth in assets under custody and administration. Markets revenue increased since prior year due to gains in fixed income supported by higher interest rates. Commercial banking revenue improved since prior year due to higher interest rates on a bigger loan portfolio arising from western Europe expansion. Wealth revenue decreased due to lower deposit spreads.

The Group recorded a net impairment gain of $38 million (31 December 2022: net impairment loss of $70 million). This was primarily driven by a reserve release due to improvements in the macroeconomic outlook and better credit quality composition in the portfolio offset by an increase in reserves due to the acquisition of the Bank Handlowy ("BHW") consumer portfolio. Note 23 contains further details within the credit risk section.

Total operating expenses increased to $2,244 million (31 December 2022: $1,660 million) which was driven primarily by a rise in personnel expenses, continued investments in Citi's transformation including strengthening of risk and control environment, as well as restructuring charges and inflation.

The Group's total assets increased to $154.6 billion (31 December 2022: $129.3 billion). The growth was led by the acquisition of BHW, an increase in placements due to customer deposit growth which resulted in placing excess liquidity with central bank and the positive impact of the repricing of derivative instruments associated with the markets business.

Intermediate Parent Undertaking (IPU) Transaction

In November 2023, the establishment of the IPU was successfully completed by the removal of Citibank Holdings Ireland Ltd ("CHIL" the former parent of CEP) from the holding structure and by the transfer of Citibank Overseas Investment Corporation's ("COIC") 75% controlling interest in BHW to CEP increasing the total assets by $19bn.

The changes to the ownership of CEP, distribution of CHIL's holdings in CEP to Citi Overseas Holdings Bahamas Limited ("COHBL") are intra-group and do not involve a new entity entering the chain of ownership of CEP. In addition to the change of ownership, CEP has re-assigned the existing subordinated debt facilities from CHIL to Citibank N.A. ("CBNA").

Following completion of the IPU Transaction BHW is included within the consolidated financial statements of CEP. Please refer to Note 35 - Business transfer under common control for further details.

Future Developments

The Group continues to monitor the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical outlook which remains complex. There are signs which indicates that global inflation and the higher interest rates environment within US, UK and Europe may have peaked, which is expected to continue to benefit the Services business.

The Group plans to further grow its wallet share within Services in addition to expanding Commercial Banking and Wealth services in Western Europe as well as Markets business and build ESG capabilities in its product offerings.

ESG will continue to be a major focus area and the Group will continue to further evolve its strategy in line with key stakeholder expectations. The strategy outlines the Group's vision and values as well as risk and opportunities that arise due to the evolving landscape of climate change and its related regulation.

The effects of simplification of structure at the ultimate Parent will renew through the Group to ensure alignment and standardization. As part of the divestiture strategy the Group will re-assess its current consumer portfolio under the subsidiary, BHW.

The Group is engaged in a multi-year transformation initiative to modernise its risk and control environment, and enhance the technology infrastructure which are fundamental to serving the Company's clients and maintaining a robust governance framework.

Key Performance Indicators

The Group's key financial indicators during the year were as follows:

Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022 Variance
Profit before tax (USD m) 2,141 1,275 68%
Profit for the year (USD m) 1,743 1,031 69%
Cost income ratio [1] 51% 57% (6%)
Shareholders' funds (USD m)[2] 19,569 14,096 39%
Return on capital employed[3] 11% 9% 2%
Return on assets[4] 1.4% 1.0% 0.4%

The Company's key financial indicators during the year were as follows:

Company
31 December 2023 31 December 2022 Variance
Profit before tax (USD m) 2,061 1,274 62%
Profit for the year (USD m) 1,685 1,030 64%
Cost income ratio [1] 51% 57% (6%)
Shareholders' funds (USD m)[2] 18,797 14,095 33%
Return on capital employed[3] 11% 9% 2%
Return on assets[4] 1.5% 1.0% 1%

The key performance indicators above consider both IFRS and Alternative Performance Measures (APM) to analyse the Group's performance, providing comparability year on year. These performance measures are consistent with those presented to the Board. These performance measures may not be uniformly defined by all companies and accordingly they may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures and disclosures used by other companies. These measures should be considered in conjunction with IFRS measures as set out in the financial statements from page 31.

Please refer to a list and description of APM below:

[1] Cost income ratio is calculated as Total operating expenses divided by Net operating income.

Group Company
Calculation Source 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Total operating expenses Income Statement (2,244) (1,660) (2,175) (1,659)
Net Operating Income Income Statement 4,385 2,935 4,236 2,933
Cost income ratio 51% 57% 51% 57%

[2] The Shareholders' funds equate to total equity attributable to equity shareholders, which is different from regulatory capital. Shareholders' funds increase is primarily driven by $1.2bn capital injection, capital contribution on acquisition of BHW of $1,544 million, Profit for the year of $1,743 million and post tax fair value reserve gains on debt securities at FVOCI of $291 million. Fair value gains on debt securities held at FVOCI can primarily be attributed to the valuation impact of stabilising interest rates on fixed rate debt securities.

[3] Return on Capital Employed is profit before tax over total equity attributable to shareholders.

Group Company
Calculation Source 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Profit before tax Income Statement 2,141 1,275 2,061 1,274
Total equity attributable to shareholders Statement of Financial Position 19,569 14,096 18,797 14,095
Return on capital employed 11% 9% 11% 9%

[4] Return on assets is profit before tax over total assets.

Group Company
Calculation Source 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Profit before tax Income Statement 2,141 1,275 2,061 1,274
Total Assets Statement of Financial Position 154,635 129,339 137,899 129,287
Return on Assets 1% 1% 1% 1%

Credit Rating

The long-term credit rating for the Company is A+ (Standard & Poor's) (2022: A+ (Standard & Poor's)), Aa3 (Moody's) (2022: Aa3 (Moody's)) and A+ (Fitch) (2022: A+ (Fitch)). The outlook from all three rating agencies is "stable".

Capital Management

The Company had regulatory capital of $16.5 billion as at 31 December 2023 ($12.8 billion as at 31 December 2022) which is entirely made up of Tier One equity. The capital ratio at 31 December 2023 was 23.4% (19% as at 31 December 2022) which exceeds the minimum regulatory requirement of 15.48%.

The Group had regulatory capital of $ 16.3 billion as at 31 December 2023, which is entirely made up of Tier One equity. The capital ratio at 31 December 2023 was 22.4%, which exceeds the minimum regulatory requirement of 15.46%.

Further information on the Company's capital requirements and risk management is available in the Pillar 3 disclosure document (http://citigroup.com/citi/investor/reg.htm). For further details, please refer to Note 23 - 'Risk management'.

Dividends

Within the calendar year 2024, it is the intention of the Board to pass a resolution to facilitate a dividend remittance to its shareholder and parent Citibank Overseas Holdings Bahamas Limited.

As at the signing date of these financial statements there is no dividend proposed (2022: $nil).

Corporate Governance

Internal Accounting and Financial Controls

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Directors' Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law. The Board of Directors (Board) has established an Audit Committee that operates within specific terms of reference approved by the Board. The Company's Finance function is responsible for preparing the financial statements in accordance with IFRS and with respect to local legal requirements.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is a sub-committee of the Board. Its role is to oversee the adequacy of the internal control environment established by management in relation to the Group's businesses. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to the integrity of the Group's financial statements, financial reporting process and systems of internal accounting and financial controls. The Audit Committee draws on the work of the Internal Audit function and Senior Management.

Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is a sub-committee of the Board. Its role is to review the Group's overall risk management framework and advise the Board on the Group's risk appetite by taking account of the current and future financial position of the Group as well as the business strategy, objectives, corporate culture, and values. The Risk Committee also reviews amendments to the Group's risk policies including regulatory developments and is responsible for the monitoring of economic capital and material risks. The Risk Committee draws on the work of the Senior Management and the Independent Risk Management function.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee is a sub-committee of the Board. It is responsible for assisting the Board on decisions regarding remuneration, including those which have implications for risk management. The Remuneration Committee is also responsible for designing and implementing the Group's Remuneration Policy to ensure that remuneration practices do not promote excessive risk taking, evaluating compliance with this policy and assessing whether these remuneration practices are creating the desired incentives for managing risk, capital and liquidity, and that the remuneration policy is gender neutral.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is a sub-committee of the Board. It is responsible for assisting the Board on decisions regarding the appointment of Directors and Senior Management and related matters including succession planning, fitness and probity, and diversity and inclusion.

Related Party Lending Committee

The Related Party Lending Committee is a sub-committee of the Board and is responsible for assisting the Company in the discharge of its obligations under the Code of Practice on Lending to Related Parties 2013 issued by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee reports to the Board and makes key decisions regarding the management of the Company, in line with the Group's strategic plan and as directed by the Board.

Corporate Governance Code for Credit Institutions 2015

The Company is designated as a High Impact credit institution per the Central Bank of Ireland's Corporate Governance Requirements for Credit Institutions 2015 (Code). As such, the Company has complied with the additional requirements for High Impact designated institutions.

The Company is rated as an Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) under Regulation 121(1) of the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations 2014 (S.I. No. 158 of 2014) (CRD Regulations).

Political Donations

During the year the Group did not make any political donations (2022: $nil).

Directors, Company Secretary and their interests

The names of the persons who were Directors at any time during the financial year ended 31 December 2023 are set out on page 4. Neither the Directors, nor the Company Secretary, have any beneficial interest in the share capital of the Group. Neither the Directors, nor the Company Secretary, had an interest in more than 1% of the nominal value of the ultimate holding company's issued share capital during the year ended 31 December 2023 and 2022.

Accounting records

The Directors believe that they have complied with the requirements of Sections 281 to 285 of the Companies Act 2014 with regard to adequate accounting records by employing accounting personnel with appropriate expertise and by providing adequate resources to the Finance function. The accounting records of the Group are available at 1 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Information regarding the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group and its management is described in Note 23 - 'Risk management' on page 124.

Going Concern

To assess any potential impact on the Group, the Directors assessed the components of capital, liquidity and the financial position of the Group and have a reasonable expectation that it has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 12 months from the approval of the financial statements. Therefore the Directors have prepared these financial statements on the going concern basis.

Non-Financial Statement

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Group's compliance with the directive 214/95/EU 'Non-Financial Reporting Directive' (NFRD). Please see the Non-Financial Statement on pages 13 to 58.

Auditor

KPMG, Statutory Auditor and Chartered Accountants, were first appointed in 1989, and will resign as auditor following the completion of the 2023 year end audit.

Following a tender process, due to mandatory rotation requirement and on the basis of the Audit Committee's recommendation, the Board resolved that BDO should be appointed as the Company's statutory auditor for the financial year ending 31 December 2024. This appointment will be presented to the shareholder at the next General Meeting in accordance with Section 383(1) of the Companies Act 2014.

The Directors have taken all requisite steps to make themselves aware of all audit information and to establish that auditors are aware of all such information and, so far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware, in accordance with Section 330 (1)-(3) of the Companies Act 2014.

Directors' Compliance Statement

As required by Section 225 of the Companies Act 2014, the Directors acknowledge that they are responsible for ensuring the Company's compliance with its "relevant obligations" (as defined in that legislation). The Directors further confirm that a compliance policy statement has been drawn up, and that appropriate arrangements and structures have been put in place that are, in the Directors' opinion, designed to ensure material compliance with the relevant obligations. A review of those arrangements and structures has been conducted in the financial year to which this report relates.

Statement of Directors' responsibilities in respect of the Directors' Report and the audited financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Directors' Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, they have elected to prepare the financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union (EU).

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Company and of its profit or loss for that year. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

state whether applicable Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

assess the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information relating to the Company. Legislation in the Republic of Ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and which enable them to ensure that the financial statements of the Company comply with the provision of the Companies Act 2014 and with the requirements of the European Union (Credit Institutions: Financial Statements) Regulations 2015. They are responsible for such internal controls as they determine are necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking all reasonable steps to ensure such records are kept by its subsidiaries. This enables the Company to ensure that the financial statements of the Company comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 2014 and with the requirements of the European Union (Credit Institutions: Financial Statements) Regulations 2015.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company, and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors' Report that complies with the requirements of the Companies Act 2014.

 

On behalf of the board: 27 March 2024

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer (Temporary Officer)

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

NON-FINANCIAL STATEMENT

1. Introduction

As an important subsidiary of Citigroup Inc ("Citi"), the ultimate parent group, Citibank Europe Plc. ("the Company" or "CEP") and CEP and its subsidiaries ("the Group") are subject to the strategy, policies and targets of Citi relating to Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") matters. Citi's approach to environmental and social matters including its approach to human rights and financial crimes is outlined in its Environmental, Social and Governance Report, Citi Climate Report, and Environmental and Social Policy Framework which can be accessed on the Citi website www.citigroup.com/citi/about/esg/

The Group is developing its local environmental and social processes and related disclosures in alignment with Citi, based on applicable sustainable finance regulation and guidance, including the ECB Guide on Climate-Related and Environmental Risks, the EBA Roadmap on Sustainable Finance, the Non-Financial Reporting Directive and the EU Taxonomy, Capital Requirements Regulation, the MiFID II Sustainability Amendments and the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation.

This statement intends to meet the disclosure and information requirements applicable to the Group on non-financial matters. ESG matters and the implementation of ESG-related regulatory and supervisory requirements are a key focus area for the Group. The Group expects to continue to develop its ESG disclosures over future iterations to address evolving regulatory expectations and stakeholder needs. The availability and quality of climate and wider ESG data and metrics continues to present a challenge in non-financial reporting. Citi continues to contribute to methodology improvements and developing tools to assess climate risk and climate data, including the quantification of the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; these capabilities will continue to evolve as the underlying data improves.

Non-financial statements are regulated by Directive 2014/95/EU (Non-Financial Reporting Directive, "NFRD") amending Directive 2013/34/EU. NFRD requires companies to disclose their view of how climate change impacts their business model and strategy, and how their activities can affect the climate; information on the involvement of the board and management, their responsibilities in relation to climate change; information on how companies identify climate-related risks, and how they manage those risks. The Group's non-financial statement discloses information on environmental, social and employee, diversity, anti-bribery and anticorruption matters. Climate-related information is included in the category of environmental matters. The report provides qualitative and quantitative information to enable the understanding of the Group's development, performance, position and impact in regard to these activities.

2. Sustainability strategy

ESG Strategy and Business Model

Citi and CEP have progressively developed their understanding of sustainability issues, including climate change, and recognise the important role of the financial sector in addressing this crisis by supporting the transition to a sustainable and low-carbon economy.

Citi has a demonstrated record of ESG progress and is guided by principles for sustainable business and banking, including the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative Principles for Responsible Banking and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. As part of Citi, CEP follows the group strategy, goals and enterprise-wide risk management frameworks.

For CEP, sustainability includes integrating relevant ESG commitments and priorities into its business strategy consistent with Citi's policies. CEP is contributing to Citi's commitment to achieve net zero emissions associated with financing activities by 2050, net zero emissions for our operations by 2030, and is also contributing to Citi's goal to reach $1 trillion in sustainable finance by 2030. It aims to further accelerate the transition to a sustainable, low-carbon economy that balances society's environmental, social and economic needs.

The sustainable transformation across industries is expected to lead to challenges and opportunities for CEP and its clients. Environmental and social issues are closely linked with economic stability and have an impact on CEP, its clients and wider stakeholders. Therefore, CEP is embedding ESG matters into its operating culture through the implementation of its ESG strategy. Within this context, CEP regularly scans its business environment for ESG risks, and monitors the impact of such risks in the short, medium and long term to help make informed strategic and business decisions.

At Citi, ESG priorities are identified in line with business priorities. We believe that effective management of our ESG priorities helps to improve business resiliency, risk mitigation and value generation. The same is true for our clients, with whom we partner to support and finance their key ESG objectives.

With this approach in mind, CEP enhanced its ESG strategy throughout 2023 and redefined three strategic pillars in line with Citi's commitments, considerations and priorities around ESG issues:

Clients expectations and products: Support our clients in financing their ESG objectives and embrace new business opportunities resulting from the sustainability transformation.

Policies and regulations: Ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and supervisory expectations, including incorporating ESG risks in our risk management practices, policy developments and stakeholder engagement, as well as enhancing our ESG disclosures in line with sustainability reporting requirements.

Sustainable operations: Reduce the impact of our operations in line with Citi's Operational Footprint Goals and strengthen sustainability culture across our organisation.

Further information on the CEP business model is included under the Principal Activities section of the Directors Report.

ESG Governance

Roles and responsibilities for the management of ESG risks focused on Climate and Environmental Risks are assigned within CEP's organisational structure including the Board and its Committees, Management Committees and across its three lines of defence. In addition to the roles and responsibilities at the legal entity level, CEP also collaborates with various subject matter experts and teams across Citi to support a holistic implementation of ESG governance. In order to meet regulatory, client and other stakeholder requirements as well as to mitigate and manage ESG-related risks, CEP continues to integrate environmental and social risk considerations into its relevant products and operations as needed. To progress its ESG priorities and contribute to Citi's commitments, while appropriately mitigating and managing identified ESG risks and their impact, CEP aims to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) per ESG risk categories: Environmental, Social, and Governance. This will facilitate CEP's effective monitoring and progress towards ESG goals and its contribution to commitments made.

CEP recognizes the role of remuneration policy and practices to stimulate behaviour consistent with climate-related and environmental risk approach and is working towards considering climate-related risks in its remuneration practices. We recognise the importance of diversity including at the Board level. At the end of 2023, the number of independent non-executive Directors on the Board was 5 out of 10 Directors (2022: 5 out of 8 Directors) and the percentage of female members was 30% (2022: 50%).

Board of Directors

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term sustainable success of CEP and is ultimately responsible for overseeing the implementation of the ESG program in CEP, including the review and approval of related ESG metrics as recommended by the CEP Executive Committee. CEP annually monitors the collective suitability of the Board of Directors on the climate-related topics.

Executive Committee

The CEP ExCo is responsible for ensuring CEP adequately embeds ESG considerations, opportunities and risks in the overall business strategy and risk management framework and monitor, and report to the Board as necessary, related metrics, including those set out in the Strategic Plan.

Risk Management Committee

The key responsibilities of the committee include discussing risk issues inclusive of considering the risk components of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters.

ESG Steering Group

The purpose of the CEP ESG Steering Group is to act as a cross functional forum across CEP to progress ESG risk integration, to provide support and challenge.

Next to the ESG Governance at legal entity level, CEP allocated ESG roles and responsibilities to ensure an effective ESG risk management focused on Climate and Environmental Risks across the 3 Lines of Defence (3LoD), including the First Line of Defence (responsible for the management of climate-related and environment risk, sustainable products and services, resourcing, and training), Risk Management, Independent Compliance Risk Management, and Internal Audit.

Materiality assessment

In line with Citi, the ESG topics identified, which we refer to as "material ESG issues" throughout this report, inform which issues we report on and which issues are considered to be raised to the Board.

Citi recognises that, in general, assessing materiality requires thoughtful consideration not only of any applicable materiality standards, but also of our purpose in assessing materiality and in communicating to stakeholders. Citi's public disclosures related to ESG include a range of topics that are relevant to the Group's businesses and that are of interest to investors and wider stakeholders.

The Group applies a double materiality approach for the materiality assessment in line with the Guidelines on Non-Financial Reporting published by the European Commission. The Group's approach is guided by four steps for materiality assessment, enabling the organisation to determine its material topics and report them:

Step 1: Understand the organisation's context

Step 2: Identify actual and potential impacts

Step 3: Assess the significance of the impacts

Step 4: Prioritise the most significant impacts for reporting

The first three steps relate to the organisation's ongoing identification and assessment of impacts. The fourth step determines the material topics through organisational prioritisation of the most significant impacts for reporting.

The following table outlines the Group's key material ESG issues included in the report:

ESG factors Material ESG issues Reference chapter
Environmental GHG emissions and climate change 3. Environmental matters - climate change
Operational footprint 3. Environmental matters - climate change
Social Attractive employer 4. Customers, employees and society
Social engagement 4. Customers, employees and society
Human rights 4. Customers, employees and society
Innovation & digitisation 4. Customers, employees and society
Governance Anti-corruption and bribery matters, anti-financial crime , business ethics 5. Leadership and governance
Data Security/ Financial Product Safety 5. Leadership and governance

Stakeholder dialogue

The Group is committed to meeting its legal obligations and voluntary commitments to sustainability and the advancement of human and worker rights. The Group actively engages with its regulators, clients, and workforce to understand key areas of concern and opportunities for improvement.

The CEP Board considers and discusses a wide range of information to help it understand the impact on CEP's operations and the interests and views of its key stakeholders.

Stakeholder group Engagement
Clients and customers The businesses within CEP operate a coordinated client-centric sales and relationship management organisation.
The Company's clients include corporates, financial institutions and public sector entities. CEP performs a Voice of the Client survey which provides in-depth understanding of the corporate clients' needs and expectations, alongside regular client performance and service benchmarking, leveraging external reporting and analysis where relevant and appropriate.
Employees Employees are encouraged to present their suggestions and views to CEP through various channels, including the Voice of the Employee survey, the results of which are presented to the Board each year by Human Resources.
The Board request updates on important actions identified as areas of focus.
Suppliers CEP has a well-established framework for the engagement with, and on-going relationship management and controls relating to risks of its key suppliers and is, focused on responsible business practices.
Communities Through its Public Affairs teams, CEP is in regular dialogue with charities and non-governmental organisations (NGOs), as part of its community investing commitment and mission to support the communities in which it operates. CEP works closely with community partners in most of its branch countries.
Government and regulators CEP maintains an open and regular engagement with regulators to ensure clarity and transparency over its strategy and plan, key risks and opportunities, and progress on ongoing initiatives.
Primary regulatory engagement for CEP is with the Joint Supervisory Team -Central Bank of Ireland and the European Central Bank. Regulatory engagement is maintained both at the Board as well as the Executive Management level to ensure regulatory requirements and expectations are consistently understood and met.
Policymakers CEP engages with policymakers both directly and as part of industry efforts, as a member of a number of financial services trade associations. This is done primarily by Citi's Government Affairs team across CEP branch countries.
Investors - Bank Bank Handlowy's investor group consists of strategic majority shareholder (Citibank Europe Plc holding 75% of shares in equity), institutional (incl. pension funds) and individual investors, rating agencies and capital market analysts. BHW interacts with investors through its Investor Relations unit, for example, in earnings conference calls and investors meetings organized by brokerage houses.
Handlowy

ESG Risks and Risk management

ESG risks include environmental, social and governance risks which can be defined as the negative materialisation of ESG factors through their counterparties or invested assets.

Environmental risks are divided into climate-related and other environmental risks resulting from climate change and environmental degradation. Social risks are related to human rights, well-being and health of people and communities, and include factors such as diversity, equality, inclusiveness, labour relations, workplace health and safety. Governance risks are related to governance practices, including business ethics, anti-corruption and bribery, transparency and trust, data security, tax honesty, shareholder rights, board remuneration and information disclosure.

Working towards a broader climate risk integration in business, the Group has developed Climate Related and Environmental Risk Management Framework (CRMF) that provides a consistent approach to managing climate risk across the bank. The Group is committed to maintaining strong and consistent climate risk management practices. In addition to the CRMF, Citi's Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) Policy applies to all Citi entities globally and provides a framework for how the Group identifies, assesses and manages the potential risk to Citi, including credit and reputational risk, associated with the environmental and social risks of our clients' activities.

Climate-related and Environmental Risk Management

Climate change presents short-term, medium-term and long-term risks to the Group and to its clients and customers, with the risks expected to increase over time. Climate-related and environment risk refers to the risk of loss arising either through physical risk and/or through transition risk. Physical risk originates from the increase in severity and frequency of either acute physical risks, which are related to extreme weather events, or chronic physical events which stem from longer term shifts caused by climate change (e.g., average precipitation changes which may drive long-term shifts in agriculture and water availability). Transition Risks result from action (or lack of action) to transition to a low-carbon economy and more environmentally sustainable economy, such as changes in regulations, technological developments, stakeholder expectations and legal implications.

The Group Climate Related and Environment Risk Management Framework ("Framework") has been approved by CEP's Board. It details the governance, principles, and requirements for integration of the climate-related and environment risk into business-as-usual risk management activities across the risk management lifecycle (risk identification, risk measurement, risk monitoring, risk control and risk reporting) and through Risk Enterprise Programs. The Framework has been formulated in conjunction with Citi Climate Risk Management Framework that applies to Citi and all of its businesses, functions, geographies, and legal entities that give rise to risk exposure. The Group views climate-related and environment risk as a crosscutting risk which can manifest through or amplify existing risks within CEP's risk taxonomy. Transmission channels are the causal chains that explain how climate-related and environment risk drivers may materialise directly or indirectly as sources of financial or non-financial risk to CEP. Climate-related and environment risk is integrated into business-as-usual risk management activities across the risk management lifecycle (risk identification, risk measurement, risk monitoring, risk control and risk reporting) and through Risk Enterprise Programs.

To assess how environmental and in particular climate risk drivers may impact the credit profile of the Group's obligors, the Group assesses the associated transition and physical risks. Using industry & country classifications, based on data and internal expert insights, Citi has assessed the exposure of different sectors to climate risk and has created a heat map. The heat map allows the Group to efficiently screen its loan portfolio to identify the areas of the portfolio with the highest exposure to transition and physical risks and accordingly focus on further assessing and managing these risks.

For physical risk, the heat map is based on the extent to which sectors and subsectors are exposed to the impacts of extreme weather events or changes to weather patterns.

For transition risk, the heat map is based on the extent to which sectors,subsectors and countries are exposed to policy, technology and/or market shifts in the short to medium term.

The Group in line with Citi, manages and mitigates the credit and reputation risks from climate and environmental change thorough numerous internal initiatives, including Citi's Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) Framework and Policy.

Citi's ESRM Policy guides our approach to engaging with clients to help us responsibly mitigate environmental and social risks in our financing within our Banking, Markets and Services businesses. The Policy was established in 2003 and covers a broad scope of financial products and sectors to guide how we assess client impacts and associated risks related to air quality, water quality, climate change, biodiversity, local communities, labour, human rights and other environmental and social issues. A specialised review team in independent Risk Management supports the development and implementation of the policy. Under our ESRM Policy, Citi screens for environmental and social risks in project-related transactions and clients subject to ESRM sector-specific requirements. In addition, the Policy includes Areas of High Caution, which identify flags for heightened risk factors to escalate to the ESRM team for review regardless of financial product or sector.

The Policy includes certain sector-specific requirements, for example, in the coal mining sector, Citi will not provide project-related financing for new thermal coal mines or significant expansion of existing mines Citi has set targets to phase out mergers and acquisitions advisory, capital markets transactions and credit exposure to companies that derive more than 25% of their revenue from thermal coal mining by 2030. Citi's commitments related to coal-fired power generation have also been updated over time as the credit and reputational risk related to coal has increased, for example, Citi has committed not to provide any project-related finance for new coal-fired power plants or expansions of existing plants globally and has established a set of increasing expectations over time for our clients with coal-fired power generation. The policy is reviewed periodically in response to emerging risks. For example, in 2022, the policy's approach to the agribusiness sector was updated to include new requirements for the soy and beef sectors in sensitive ecoregions. A summary of Citi's current Environmental and Social Risk Policy Framework can be found on Citi's website.

Following the publication of the EBA Guidelines on Loan Origination and Monitoring in May 2020, the Group developed the Climate and Environmental Factors Credit Assessment Procedure which includes in its creditdecision process the qualitative assessment of a borrower's exposure to ESG risks. Citi developed a quantitative tool called the Climate Risk Assessment & Scorecard (CRAS) to better understand the climate-related and environmental risk profiles of individual corporate clients, with the goal to progressively embed this tool into underwriting process during 2023 and 2024. The CRAS was designed to help identify the material climate-related and environmental risks Citi clients face and the management plans in place for adaptation and mitigation of those risks, using both quantitative and qualitative inputs. The tool assesses clients' vulnerability to climate-related and environmental risk, the feasibility of their plans to transition to a low carbon environment and the quality of their governance and disclosure. The Group made enhancements to the tool in 2023, which are planned to be embedded in Q1, 2024.

Risk identification

The identification of climate-related and environment risk is based on a set of standard climate-related and environment risk drivers linked to the Group's Risk Taxonomy, its transmission channels and materiality of the risk impact assessed over different time horizons. CEP has reflected Citi developments with regard to climate risk identification and assessment and further expanded an approach to other environmental risks in line with regulatory requirements. Therefore, the following risks are reflected in the current CEP's Risk Taxonomy from the crosscutting perspective (impacting existing Financial and Non-financial risks):

Climate Risk

Other Environmental Risks

CEP established a horizon scanning process in the second quarter of 2023 to monitor regulatory and external business environment to assess impacts on business strategy and risk management. Outcomes are used to inform the downstream processes like material risk statements, scenario design and stress testing. Outcome of exercise informs the materiality assessment and vice versa.

Risk Measurement & Materiality assessment

The Group performs a risk materiality assessment on an annual basis across risk stripes to inform the annual risk identification and assessment process. Assessment is based on qualitative and quantitative methodology.

The methodology for risk materiality assessment is guided by the following steps:

1. Identification of risk drivers and transmission channels relevant for the Group's current business model and in line with the risk categories defined in CEP's Risk Taxonomy.

2. Mapping of the potential CR&E drivers and transmission channels to the Group's existing financial and non-financial risks on an expert judgment-based approach.

3. Analysis of the CR&E risks and their potential impact on the risk categories through the defined transmission channels, including quantitative assessment of concentrations of Climate risks, based on internal exposures as well as Citi developed tools (including the climate risk sectoral heatmap, and CRAS results), supplemented with qualitative analysis; assessment of other environmental risks currently relies on qualitative analysis and expert judgment.

4. Assessment of the materiality of the risk impact across risk categories through a combination of quantitative concentration thresholds and qualitative assessment, across different time horizons in line with CEP risk materiality definition.

The materiality assessment is based on the results of qualitative and quantitative metrics as applicable in case of a particular risk stripe. The Results of the assessment inform development of the CEP Strategic Plan, CEP Risk Appetite Statement and Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) / Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP).

Risk Reporting

The Group has established a quarterly dashboard for reporting key risk metrics.

The Group's Risk Appetite framework provides statements and metrics aligned to key material risks to support the bank in monitoring adherence to its risk appetite. Climate-related and environmental risks have been embedded in the Group Risk Appetite Statement reflecting the materiality assessment of Climate-related and environmental risk. The Group has embedded the Climate-related and environmental risk into qualitative risk appetite statement and added a metric reflecting the the Group exposure to climate risk. This metric is the ratio of exposure to 'Major' and 'Moderate' climate vulnerable industries as a % of the total Group's Credit risk exposure. Vulnerable industries are aligned to the Citi Heatmap. The heatmaps framework has been developed by Citi to deepen the understanding of the sectors or areas of Citi business that are most sensitive to climate risk. The climate risk heat mapping categorizes sectors under one of four vulnerability scores, ranging from "low" to "high".

In addition, several existing indicators for operational risk, strategic risk, reputational risk, and compliance risk have been linked to climate risk transmission channels in line with the Risk ID results.

Scenario analysis and stress testing

CEP uses climate risk scenario analysis, including stress testing, to assess the potential impact of climate-related risk drivers on CEP's risk profile. Climate change is expected to have far-reaching systemic impacts in breadth and magnitude, affecting governments, businesses and households across all geographies and sectors. The associated effects are expected to feed through the economy via two principal channels - transition and physical risks - which are both characterised by deep uncertainty and non-linearity.

A single climate risk scenario has been developed to stress CEP's exposure to a rapid change in climate policy and transition to a net-zero economy. The scenario is based on the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) global climate scenarios. In line with other risk types, scenario analyses are conducted to capture the specific vulnerabilities of the institution informed by the climate-related and environmental risk materiality assessment. CEP has a climate specific model to stress the impact of the transition to a low carbon economy on credit exposures. In addition, sector specific adjustments were made to market risk exposures which target climate vulnerable sectors. The outcome of this scenario analysis for climate risk is reported in CEP's ICAAP and for regulatory stress testing purposes. Regulatory Stress Testing is conducted in line with the requirements set by supervisors to understand system wide effects for climate risk on financial institutions. Developments made during the regulatory stress test augment CEP's internal stress testing capabilities including ICAAP.

3. Environmental matters

Climate change

Addressing climate change is a priority for Citi and for many of our clients. Citi's goal to finance and facilitate activities that accelerate the transition to a low-carbon economy is a core element of the global $1 Trillion Sustainable Finance by 2030 Goal and the pledge to achieve net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions for Citi's financing by 2050.

CEP understands the complexity of developing solutions to these challenges, which require a combination of strong governmental policy and regulatory frameworks, corporate leadership, investor engagement and individual actions.

Net Zero

In 2021, Citi announced the commitment to net zero greenhouse gas (GHG emissions) by 2050 in alignment with the objectives of the Paris Agreement and prevailing climate science. The net zero commitment includes both financed emissions and own operations. For operations, Citi is targeting net zero emissions by 2030 which builds on the global operational footprint goals and the 100% renewable electricity goal that Citi achieved in 2020. CEP's ESG strategy is aligned to Citi's policies and initiatives, including the Net Zero commitment and Operational Footprint Goals outlined in the Citi Climate Report.

Sustainable Finance

Citi continues to make progress toward its goal of financing and facilitating $1 trillion in sustainable finance by 2030. The transactions that are counted toward the $1 trillion goal meet environmental criteria such as renewable energy, energy efficiency, clean technology and sustainable transportation or social criteria such as affordable housing, healthcare, economic inclusion and food security. CEP's Corporate Banking and Treasury and Trade Solutions business may undertake transactions that are included in the sustainable finance goal including sustainability-linked loans and sustainability-focused project-related loans, in line with Citi's $1 Trillion Sustainable Finance Goal guidance.

Metrics

As it relates to CEP, the following metrics were identified to monitor the carbon intensity of the entity's assets. KPIs have been selected and calculated based on the recommendations of the Guidelines on Non-Financial Reporting and in alignment with the CEP ESG Strategy.

Amount and volume of carbon-related assets among the Non-trading Loan assets

Description Description Unit of measure Loan portfolio Group (2023) Banking book Group (2023) Loan portfolio Company (2023) Banking book Company (2023)
Amount of carbon-related assets in the Non-trading Loan portfolio Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change (NACE A-I, L categories) calculated from Banking book (Gross carrying amount of loans and advances, debt securities, equity securities) other than those held for trading $ million 14,176 14,176 11,823 11,823
Carbon-related assets in the non-trading portfolio as a percentage of the current portfolio value % 33 23 34 26
Description Description Loan portfolio Company (2022) Banking book Company (2022)
Amount of carbon-related assets in the Non-trading Loan portfolio Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change (NACE A-I, L categories) calculated from Banking book (Gross carrying amount of loans and advances, debt securities, equity securities) other than those held for trading 12,785 12,785
Carbon-related assets in the non-trading portfolio as a percentage of the current portfolio value 29 24

Banking book includes debt security and equity instrument portfolios besides the loan portfolio. Volume of carbon-related assets is relevant for the loan portfolio of the banking book, representing 33% of the total loan portfolio, or 23% of the total loan, equity instrument and debt portfolio. The ratio provides information on the volume of the Group's portfolio covered by carbon-related assets as defined by Commission delegated regulation (EU) 2020/1818.

The concentration of exposures to major and moderate climate-related vulnerability sectors as at 31 December 2023 was:

Vulnerability category Balance Group Balance Company Balance Company
in $million 2023 % 2023 % 2022 %
Major 2,383 4% 2,223 4% 2,814 5%
of which Energy sector 1,148 2% 1,105 2% 1,695 3%
Moderate 10,581 17% 9,069 15% 8,691 16%
of which Power sector 632 1% 227 1% 570 1%
Other 48,389 79% 33,804 55% 42,035 79%
Total 61,353 100% 45,096 74% 53,540 100%

Exposures are grouped based on vulnerability to the Citi climate risk heat map 1 calculated for the banking book covering Gross carrying amount of loans and advances, debt securities, equity securities other than those held for trading. CEP's ESG strategy is aligned to Citi policies and initiatives, while meeting European regulatory requirements. 21% of the Group's banking book portfolio is identified as vulnerable (including major and moderate impacts), of which the energy sector represents 2% , and the power sector represents 1% .

1 Major impact industries based on Citi heatmap 2023: Oil & Gas, Auto and Motorcycle Manufacturers, Coal and consumable fuels, Shipping and Maritime logistics - Offshore. Moderate impact industries based on Citi heatmap 2023: Chemicals, Commercial Real Estate, Residential Real Estate, Capital goods, Multi-Utilities, Electric Utilities and Power other, Gas and Water utilities, Agricultural Products, Airlines and Tour Operators, Aviation Operation lessors, Aviation transitional Finance, Auto-related Fincos, Beverages, Building products and related, Reinsurance, Metals and mining exl. coal, Food products, Paper Forest Products and Packaging, Shipping and Maritime Logistics excl. Offshore, Commodity Trader

Credit risk exposures with an indication of those countries/geographies highly exposed to physical risk:

Unit of measure Group 2023 Company 2023 Company 2022
Exposure with countries and sectors which are vulnerable to climate risk - physical risk $ million 2,498 2,496 2,826
Exposure with countries and sectors which are vulnerable to climate risk - physical risk as a percentage of the total portfolio value % 4% 6% 5%

Values show the concentration of exposures and collateral in countries and geographies highly exposed to physical risks. The Group uses a dedicated portal and database recommended by the European Banking Authority guidelines that defines geographical areas exposed to climate change related acute and chronic events. For the disclosures the Group applied reference data of Thinkhazard's physical risk mapping.

According to the reference data, seven countries are identified as highly affected within the Group's jurisdictions: Greece, Italy, Portugal, Spain, France, Romania and Bulgaria. The exposures towards physical risks were further examined in the portfolios of counterparties according to their primary operational locations according to sectors that highly contribute to climate change as defined above (NACE A-I, L). Altogether 4% of the Group's banking book is impacted by high vulnerability factor regarding physical risk.

Collateral instruments are important in addressing climate risk mitigation, and relevant for both residential, and commercial property portfolio of the Group. The total balance of loan portfolios collateralised by immovable property in countries determined to have a high level physical risk can be regarded as immaterial.

Operational Footprint and GHG Emissions

Operational footprint

As part of Citi, the Group is working toward the 2025 operational footprint goals, which aim to reduce GHG emissions and energy consumption for the operations. These goals cover GHG emissions, energy use, water consumption, waste reduction and diversion, and sustainable building design.

Citi's emissions are calculated in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition). The boundaries of the GHG inventory are defined using the operational control approach and cover the emissions the Group is responsible for across Scope 1, (building emissions such as direct gas, diesel consumption or emissions of Citi's car fleet), Scope 2 (location-based building emissions such as electricity, district steam) and Scope 3 business travel (car, air, rail emissions). Due to a change in the travel agency company, the source of data for Scope 3 car mileage has changed, affecting availability for emissions calculation. However, it should be noted that this change is not considered material in terms of total emissions reported, as it represented in 2022 less than 1% of total Scope 3 emissions.

Citi's Net Zero Operations team gathers data from its operations on an ongoing basis, with primary evidence sourced from vendors and power companies. Where Citi pays for occupancy via service charges and the share of consumption is not known, consumption is calculated by benchmarking the energy/square foot against our global portfolio. The Group calculates GHG emissions in line with Citi's methodology. A summary of the Group's GHG emissions in 2022 is provided below. For 2023 the Group focused on calculating emissions from its own operations including the emissions resulting from business travel.

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Unit 2023 2022
Scope 1 - Direct tCO 2 e 455 598
Scope 2 - Indirect tCO 2 e 7,226 7,272
Scope 3 - Business travel tCO 2 e 321 2,225
Total tCO 2 e 8,002 10,095

From the acquisition of Bank Handlowy in 2023 and considering the operational control approach, this acquisition only represented 77 tons of CO 2 e of total Scope 2 emissions.

As the methodology is still evolving in relation to Scope 3 emissions, the Group is disclosing information for financial year ended 2023 for its operational emissions for all locations (Scope 1 and 2) and for business travel (Scope 3). In 2023, there was a significant reduction for non-essential flights due to an internal travel restriction policy which reduces up to 80% of scope 3 emissions from air travel in some countries.

The Group is committed to reducing its operational footprint by using energy and other resources efficiently, by purchasing renewable energy and leasing certified office buildings.

Citi sources 100% renewable electricity through green tariffs for electricity purchased directly at locations in France, Germany, UK, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands (Landlord purchase). Where electricity is obtained in leased properties from landlords, EU Guarantee of Origin certificates are purchased for the equivalent amount used. Over 50% of the Group's locations are certified by the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) programme.

Business travel emissions (Scope 3 Category 6) include emissions from the transportation of employees for business-related activities in vehicles owned or operated by third parties, such as aircraft, trains, and passenger cars.

Sustainable Building Principles

Whether undertaking new construction or renovating existing buildings, the Group shares Citi's principles in prioritising efficiency and sustainability, to minimize the environmental impact of our facilities across the globe. Since Citi's own operations consist largely of buildings, Citi has developed and is piloting requirements for new and newly leased buildings to be zero carbon by 2030, in support of its net zero commitments. These requirements address both operational and embodied carbon emissions, inclusive of energy use, energy supply, integration with utilities and material use.

Efficient Travel Options

For many years, Citi has encouraged employees to use video and web conferencing technologies rather than travelling, whenever possible. With the onset of the global pandemic, Citi quickly transitioned the entire company to adopt use of these platforms for their daily interactions. Many offices of the Group are centrally located near public transportation, which reduces the need for employees to drive to work.

4. Customers, employees and society

Attractive employer

Characteristics of the undertaking's employees

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year was 16,833 (2022: 12,644). This comprises 16,640 Direct Staff Full Time and 193 Direct Staff Part-time. Bank Handlowy's average direct staff headcount was 2,832 during 2023.

Diversity and inclusion

Diversity, equity and inclusion is critical to the future success and growth of CEP. CEP is fully aligned with the overall Citi diversity policy, strategy and agenda. At CEP, we recognise diversity as one of our competitive advantages. In a global marketplace, it is imperative that an organization provides a wide range of ideas and solutions to its clients. A diverse workforce understands clients better and is more creative and innovative on their behalf. To seize this competitive advantage, we must foster a workforce with different backgrounds, perspectives and ideas, and provide employees with a wide range of experiences and skills to develop to their full potential.

CEP is fully committed to equal employment opportunity and compliance with the letter and spirit of the full range of laws regarding fair employment practices and non-discrimination. Promoting a diverse workforce is a part of leadership selection, all people-related processes and performance discussions. CEP will continue to increase workforce diversity through programmes and initiatives designed to attract, promote, and retain underrepresented groups. We benefit from the many global Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (DEI) initiatives that have high priority throughout Citi.

The CEP Board considers that its diversity is a vital asset to the business, and particular focus is given to ensure that CEP has achieved balanced gender diversity in senior leadership positions and critical roles, through the use of diverse slates in the selection process and a diversity lens in our talent reviews when identifying succession plans.

Diversity of the Governance Body

Strategic ESG KPIs Description Unit 2023 2022
Social Diversity CEP Board of Directors Female Representation % 30 50

Diversity of governance bodies and employees

Description Unit 2023 2022
Social Diversity CEP Director and Managing Director Female Representation % 33 31
CEP Assistant Vice President and above Female Representation % 40 38

CEP is committed to enhance our diversity and inclusion practices through hiring, promoting and retaining more women and minorities. The entity will continue working towards Citi's aspirational representation goal of achieving at least 30% women's representation at C15+ levels by 2025.

Remuneration

Employee compensation is a critical tool for Citi to attract and retain top talent and successfully execute our corporate goals. CEP's Compensation Philosophy is consistent with Citi's Compensation Philosophy. Citi aims to implement a broadly consistent global philosophy and framework in relation to its remuneration policies and practices. Remuneration Policy is non-discriminatory and gender neutral, and Citi seeks to operate all remuneration policies and practices in a non-discriminatory way. Citi's (and therefore CEP's) Compensation Philosophy is closely linked to the ongoing work on embedding appropriate culture, including through the Citi Mission and Values Proposition and the Citi Leadership Principles. Citi's Mission, Values Proposition and Leadership Principles are reflective of Citi's business strategy and objectives and feed into Citi's reward programs and performance assessment approach.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) considerations are an essential part of Citi's firm-wide strategy and integrated into business and long-term priorities. Reinforcing gender neutrality and inclusion, continues to be a key focus area, particularly as Citi considers this to be one of the key elements of its ESG approach, and is one of the sustainable development goals highlighted in the Citi 2022 ESG Report. Citi is committed to reducing pay gaps by increasing the diversity of workforce, including increasing the representation of women at all levels, particularly at senior levels and in high-paying roles, as well as other underrepresented demographics.

Senior-level accountability has been introduced for representation efforts, with gender goals and diversity, equity and inclusion factors documented in balanced scorecards and performance measures. Compensation decisions are supported by analysis from the annual global pay equity review assessments. The annual market data review is based on Citi roles which are categorized into job functions and families, with job codes and career levels. Market data is gender neutral and is assessed via role levelling. Citi's commitment to transparency around pay equity and reducing the raw pay gap also strengthens its approach to incorporating ESG factors within the HR policies. Annual salary and incentive budgets are gender neutral, and salary increase accruals are based on the same percentage accrual by location and regardless of gender.

Talent and Training

The Citi talent management strategy covers the entire life cycle of our employees. It is fully aligned with CEP leadership, mobility, performance management strategy, diversity and engagement strategy and integrated into its people management processes to bring CEP's strategy to life. With an employee base of approximately 14,000 staff across 22 countries CEP is committed to identify, attract, develop and retain talent to ensure it has the best people and leaders to drive future business growth. CEP recognises that the success of its business depends on the implementation of, and an effective management of the talent framework.

Citi is committed to developing all employees to reach their potential. Citi runs an annual process which focuses on all employees updating their talent profiles and development plans in Workday which is supported by a development conversation with their manager. It is these conversations that help managers work with employees to identify developmental and training requirements which may be linked to an employee's current role or their future career aspirations. Citi classifies these as opportunities for Experience, Exposure and Education rather than solely relying on formal training interventions.

CEP maintains a mandatory training program underpinned by a standard operating procedure and process, which is owned and monitored by the Compliance function. This includes training on, amongst other things, the Company's Code of Conduct, whistleblowing, anti-money laundering and market abuse. Acquiring knowledge in the ethical standards support the dissemination of the core values and principles applied by Citi and CEP.

All employees are onboarded to CEP through the Hello Citi programme, an enterprise wide recommended programme designed to help new hires navigate the organisation, make connections and become familiar with our values and culture. This gives an employee a better understanding of Citi, its structure, management approaches and the dynamics of the employee lifecycle. In addition, other resources, courses and development experiences are made available to individuals to support applicable development in their individual roles. A further suite of training is provided to managers to ensure they are appropriately trained on how to communicate and have crucial conversations, effective delegation, giving feedback and coaching, promoting teamwork, inclusion and managing risk responsibly.

Well-being at work

Citi aims to create workspaces that promote employee wellness, and engaging employees in order to maintain a culture of safety, sustainability and wellness.

CEP is fully aligned to Live Well programme designed to support the physical and mental well-being of Citi employees by promoting a culture of health, learn more about healthy nutrition and exercise, prevention, living tobacco free, and mental health and balance.

Social engagement

In pursuit of Citi's mission, CEP is committed to enabling growth and progress in the communities where we operate. In most countries where CEP operates, it is in regular dialogue with charities and non-governmental organisations (NGOs), as part of its community investing commitment and mission to support local communities.

In 2023, Citi announced the recipients of its Global Innovation Challenge, a fund that is providing a total of $25 million to 50 community organisations working to improve food security and strengthen the financial health of low-income communities around the world. In Europe, funding of $500,000 was awarded to four NGOs, for projects in five European countries with grants of $500,000 each.

Community Affairs is a deeply embedded part of the culture in CEP's headquarters in Ireland. For more than 24 years, Citi Ireland has partnered with Junior Achievement to help young people reach their full potential through access to entrepreneurship and employability training. To date, more than 1,000 Citi volunteers have taught Junior Achievement programs to over 18,000 students in Ireland.

CEP Ireland branch has worked with Enactus since 2017. Enactus is a global organisation that works with university students to develop social entrepreneurship by partnering business leaders with the students to work on projects to tackle community issues. Each year, teams from universities around Ireland take part in Citi's Pathways to Progress program. They are provided with training, mentoring and seed funding to develop entrepreneurial ideas to tackle social issues facing young people in disadvantaged communities.

Additionally, CEP Ireland branch works with Business in the Community and supports their programs for helping schoolchildren in disadvantaged areas with reading and maths. Citi volunteers go into these local schools on a weekly basis for the duration of the programme to provide reading and maths support.

In 2022 and 2023, CEP had a two-year partnership with LauraLynn, Ireland's only Children's Hospice. Employees in CEP Ireland branch raised €250,000 in support of the organisation through a variety of employee-led fundraising activities. This partnership finished at the end of 2023. A new charity partner has been selected for 2024-2025.

Each year employees in CEP branches take part in Global Community Day, which is a global Citi initiative where employees volunteer a day to work in the local community. Over 600 employees in CEP Ireland volunteered in 2023. Some highlights include: collecting 188kgs in waste from Burrow Beach and Bull Island; building a sensory garden for young people with special needs; blood bank donations; running a Tech Café to help elderly individuals from the local area to use smartphones.

Innovation and Digitisation

Through Citi's transformation, Citi and the Group are working to modernise and simplify the organisation so that risk can be managed better, service to customers and clients are improved. Through the modernisation of the data infrastructure and operations, and by evolving the culture, safety and soundness is strengthened and the Group's ability in the digital age is improved.

Citi, and the Group, is observing the shift to digital delivery and architecture by its customers, financial market intermediaries, central banks and the fintech industry. Citi has been making investments across the Company, including, for example, hiring front office colleagues and enhancing product capabilities and platforms to improve client digital experiences and add scalability and implementing new capabilities and partnerships. Citi has also been pursuing productivity improvements through various technology and digital initiatives, organisational simplification and location strategies.

Human rights

Citi and the Group support the protection and fulfilment of human rights around the world and are guided by fundamental principles of human rights, such as those in the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Labour Organization's (ILO) Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. Our commitment to fair, ethical and responsible business practices, as we engage with employees, clients, vendors and communities around the world, is embodied in our values and Code of Conduct Citi's policies, standards and due diligence practices guide our business decisions with respect to human rights. To learn more about Citi's commitment to human rights, see Statement on Human Rights.

The Citi Requirements for Suppliers document detail some of the obligations that Suppliers must meet while doing business with Citi.

Citi's Environmental and Social Policy Framework additionally sets out Citi's process for reviewing social risks associated with transactions, and includes certain policy prohibitions and areas of high caution.

5. Leadership and governance

Anti-corruption and bribery matters, anti-financial crime and business ethics

As a global financial institution that offers banking, securities and insurance products to millions of customers around the world, Citi recognises its obligation to join with governments, international organisations and other members of the financial industry to help close off the financial channels that terrorists and money launderers use for their illicit purposes. The Group embraces Citi's mission of enabling growth and economic progress, while adhering to the highest ethical standards. The Group asks its colleagues to ensure their decisions pass three tests: they are in our clients' interests, create economic value, and are always systemically responsible.

Citi has policies, procedures and internal controls to comply with anti-bribery laws and conducts an annual bribery risk assessment of all global business lines. Anti-Bribery & Corruption related training is provided to Citi staff annually and is supplemented with targeted training and communications as needed. For more information, see the Citi Anti-Bribery & Corruption Program Statement, which is updated at least annually.

Citi established a number of enterprise-level programs and training to combat financial crimes in alignment with the Group Compliance as well as with business lines and functions:

The Global Sanctions Program monitors and fosters awareness of applicable sanctions laws and regulations, assesses sanctions risk exposure, oversees the quality of sanctions control processes, and sets global policies/standards/processes to identify, measure, monitor, and manage sanctions risk.

The Global AML Program is designed to protect both our clients and our franchise from the risks of money laundering, terrorist financing and other financial crimes.

Global Financial Crimes Investigations and Intelligence (GFCII) is uniquely positioned within Citi's Compliance function to tackle financial crime and provide a globally consistent approach to the prevention and detection of risk.

These rigorous practices support Citi's and the Group's efforts to grow a successful, respected business that delivers the best possible results for clients, customers, and communities, while managing the inherent risks associated with financial crimes.

The Group aims to ensure regulatory compliance through robust internal controls that contribute to building trust with clients, leading to increased economic value, and to protecting shareholder value by minimising losses incurred as a result of legal proceedings.

As part of Citi, the Group complies with required transparency requirements, at both the European Union (EU) and individual country level. Citi is a signatory to the EU Transparency Register, which requires it to comply with the register's code of conduct.

Data Security/ Financial Product Safety

Ensuring the privacy and data security of financial data is an essential responsibility of the financial industry. As growth in mobile banking and cloud storage continues and more of the Group's operations become technology-and internet-dependent, data security will be an increasingly important topic to manage.

Sophisticated technology and continuous training of personnel are essential in a world of growing cybersecurity threats. The Group makes significant efforts related to safeguarding data against emerging and continuously evolving cybersecurity threats and technologies, and actual security breaches compromising customers' personally identifiable information (PII).

Citi's cyber and information security program sets the requirements under which Citi, its subsidiaries, affiliates, and third parties safeguard the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information and information assets. Protecting information is essential to meeting Citi's obligations to its customers, partners, and workers, as well as complying with applicable cyber and information security laws, regulations, and due care obligations, and meeting the expectations of regulators and authorities.

EU Taxonomy Regulation

The EU Taxonomy is a classification system that converts the climate and environmental goals of the European Union into criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities. The reporting obligation under Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852) and the Delegated Acts (Regulation (EU) 2021/2178) define key reporting requirements and are to be carried out in two stages.

The EU Taxonomy is being implemented on a phased basis. For 2022, financial undertakings are were only required to report on Taxonomy-eligible economic activities. An economic activity is considered taxonomy-eligible if it is an economic activity that is described within the Technical Screening Criteria of the EU Taxonomy.

A Taxonomy-eligible activity becomes taxonomy-aligned, if it substantially contributes to one or more of the six EU Taxonomy environmental objectives (including compliance with the supporting Technical Screening Criteria) while also not doing significant harm to any of those objectives and meeting minimum safeguards on human rights and labour standards.

As per article 9 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation the six environmental objectives are:

climate change mitigation;

climate change adaptation;

the sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources;

the transition to a circular economy;

pollution prevention and control;

the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.

The EU Taxonomy Technical Screening Criteria supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation have been defined under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (EU) 2021/2139 (the "Climate Delegated Act"), Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1214 (the "Complementary Climate Delegated Act" adding the fossil gas and nuclear sectors), Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2485 amending the Climate Delegated Act and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486 (the "Environmental Delegated Act"). The specifications of the content and presentation of the information to be disclosed by undertakings in scope of the EU Taxonomy disclosure requirements pursuant to Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation are set out under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178, as amended (the "Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act"). On 21 December 2023, the European Commission published a Draft Commission Notice on the interpretation and implementation of certain legal provisions of the Disclosures Delegated Act under Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation on the reporting of Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities and assets. The purpose of the Notice is to provide further interpretative and implementation guidance to financial undertakings. The Group complied with these requirements as much as possible although this is a draft Notice and its content is subject to final approval.

This is the first time, that the Group discloses Taxonomy alignment information regarding the first two environmental objectives (climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation) and Taxonomy eligibility information regarding the four remaining environmental objectives (sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, transition to a circular economy, pollution prevention and control and the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems).

The key performance indicator for credit institutions for on balance sheet exposures is the green asset ratio (GAR) that shows the proportion of the of credit institution's assets financing and invested in Taxonomy-aligned economic activities as a proportion of total covered assets.

The definition of the GAR is based on the following components:

a) the numerator, which shall cover the loans and advances, debt securities, equities and repossessed collaterals, financing Taxonomy-aligned economic activities based on turnover KPI and CapEx KPI of underlying assets;

b) the denominator, which shall cover the total loans and advances, total debt securities, total equities and total repossessed collaterals and all other covered on-balance sheet assets.

For determining the proportion of financed taxonomy-eligible and -aligned assets there are certain rules set out by article 7 paragraphs 1-3 of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 which the Group follows:

The exposures to central governments, central banks and supranational issuers shall be excluded from the calculation of the numerator and denominator of key performance indicators of financial undertakings.

Derivatives shall be excluded from the numerator of key performance indicators of financial undertakings.

Exposures to undertakings that are not obliged to publish non-financial information pursuant to Article 19a or 29a of Directive 2013/34/EU shall be excluded from the numerator of key performance indicators of financial undertakings.

Alongside the assets falling under the definition of Article 7 (1) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 the trading book was excluded from the GAR calculation. Besides the above-mentioned categories on demand interbank loans, cash and cash-related assets and other categories of assets are excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation. These requirements lead to the exclusion of a substantial part of the Group's portfolio, especially due to excluding exposures to non-NFRD undertakings. With the successive implementation of the CSRD and the increasing scope it is expected that in the future parts of this portfolio can be considered, as more companies will be obliged to report non-financial information. For the EU Taxonomy Reporting, the baseline for the categories of assets is the Group's Banking Book According to the EU Taxonomy Regulation, eligibility and alignment related disclosures of financial undertakings in scope of Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation shall use the most recently available data and key performance indicators of their counterparties to calculate their own key performance indicators. The Group KPIs are calculated based on the most recently available reported information of its counterparties by using data acquired from a third party data provider. Due to the structure of the Group's portfolio as well as data limitations the driver for the alignment comes from general purpose financing of non-financial undertakings. In these cases, the KPIs published by the counterparties were used to calculate the GAR.

As the EU Taxonomy is being phased in, there is still limited data availability from our counterparties on the Taxonomy-alignment of their economic activities. As per Art. 5 of Commission Delegated Regulation 2023/2486, Taxonomy eligibility information regarding the four remaining environmental objectives of our non-financial counterparties will be reported for 2023 and Taxonomy alignment information for 2024. For financial counterparties, Taxonomy eligibility for the four remaining environmental objectives will be reported for 2023 and 2024 and Taxonomy alignment for 2025. Therefore, data availability continues to be a challenge for this year's Taxonomy reporting.

As the EU Taxonomy develops further and Taxonomy-alignment data becomes available, the Group will be in a position to increase the completeness of its reporting and aims to utilise the Taxonomy to a greater extent within the business strategy, product design processes and engagement with clients.

Disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation

0. Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 Taxonomy Regulation

Total environmentally sustainable assets (Turnover)
$m
KPI (Turnover)
%
Total environmentally sustainable assets (CAPEX)
$m
KPI (CAPEX)
%
% coverage (over total assets) ***
Main KPI Green asset ratio (GAR) stock 155 0.24 282 0.43 42.02
% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V) % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)
Main KPI Green asset ratio (GAR) stock 32.51 57.98
Total environmentally sustainable assets (Turnover)
$m
KPI (Turnover)
%
Total environmentally sustainable assets (CAPEX)
$m
KPI (CAPEX)
%
% coverage (over total assets)
Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 21 0.03 94 0.15 37.00
Trading book * N/A N/A N/A N/A
Financial guarantees 28 0.19 32 0.22
Assets under management - - - -
Fees and commissions income * N/A N/A N/A N/A
% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V) % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)
Additional KPIs GAR (flow) - -
Trading book *
Financial guarantees
Assets under management
Fees and commissions income *

* Trading Book and Fees and Commissions KPIs shall only apply starting 2026

1a. Assets for the calculation of GAR - Turnover

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
$m Total [gross] carrying amount Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 14,707 844 144 - 41 86
Financial undertakings 9,233 652 - - - -
Credit institutions 7,124 652 - - - -
Loans and advances 3,498 652 - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP 3,571 - - - - -
Equity instruments 55 - - - -
Other financial corporations 2,108 - - - - -
of which investment firms 1,846 - - - - -
Loans and advances 1,846 - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - - -
of which management companies - - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - - -
of which insurance undertakings 91 - - - - -
Loans and advances 91 - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - - -
Non-financial undertakings 2,234 192 144 - 41 86
Loans and advances 2,234 192 144 - 41 86
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - - -
Households 3,240 - - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 1,517 - - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - - - -
Local governments financing - - - - - -
Housing financing - - - - - -
Other local government financing - - - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 50,275 - - - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings 30,550
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 14,957
Loans and advances 14,012
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 701
of which building renovation loans -
Debt securities 918
Equity instruments 27
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 15,593
Loans and advances 15,444
Debt securities -
Equity instruments 149
Derivatives 2
On demand interbank loans 9,094
Cash and cash-related assets 116
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.) 10,513
Total GAR assets 64,982 844 144 - 41 86
Assets not covered for GAR calculation 89,653
Central governments and Supranational issuers 24,523
Central banks exposure 40,528
Trading book 24,602
Total assets 154,635 - - - - -
Financial guarantees 14,542 94 28 - 2 25
Assets under management - - - - - -
Of which debt securities - - - - - -
Of which equity instruments - - - - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 15 11 - 7
Financial undertakings - - - -
Credit institutions - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Other financial corporations - - - -
of which investment firms - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings 15 11 - 7
Loans and advances 15 11 - 7
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - -
Local governments financing - - - -
Housing financing - - - -
Other local government financing - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 15 11 - 7
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - - -
Financial guarantees - - - -
Assets under management - - - -
Of which debt securities - - - -
Of which equity instruments - - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - -
Financial undertakings - -
Credit institutions - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - -
of which investment firms - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - -
Housing financing - -
Other local government financing - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets - -
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - -
Financial guarantees - -
Assets under management - -
Of which debt securities - -
Of which equity instruments - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - 859
Financial undertakings - - 652
Credit institutions - - 652
Loans and advances - - 652
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - 207
Loans and advances - - 207
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets - - 859
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - -
Financial guarantees - - 94
Assets under management - - -
Of which debt securities - - -
Of which equity instruments - - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 155 - 41
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 155 - 41
Loans and advances 155 - 41
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 155 - 41
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - -
Financial guarantees 28 - 2
Assets under management - - -
Of which debt securities - - -
Of which equity instruments - - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 93
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 93
Loans and advances 93
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 93
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets -
Financial guarantees 25
Assets under management -
Of which debt securities -
Of which equity instruments -

1b. Assets for the calculation of GAR - CAPEX

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
$m Total [gross] carrying amount Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 14,707 439
Financial undertakings 9,233 136
Credit institutions 7,124 136
Loans and advances 3,498 117
Debt securities, including UoP 3,571 -
Equity instruments 55 19
Other financial corporations 2,108 -
of which investment firms 1,846 -
Loans and advances 1,846 -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings 91 -
Loans and advances 91 -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 2,234 303
Loans and advances 2,234 303
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments -
Households 3,240 -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 1,517 -
of which building renovation loans - -
of which motor vehicle loans - -
Local governments financing - -
Housing financing - -
Other local government financing - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 50,275 -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings 30,550
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 14,957
Loans and advances 14,012
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 701
of which building renovation loans -
Debt securities 918
Equity instruments 27
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 15,593
Loans and advances 15,444
Debt securities -
Equity instruments 149
Derivatives 2
On demand interbank loans 9,094
Cash and cash-related assets 116
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.) 10,513
Total GAR assets 64,982 439
Assets not covered for GAR calculation 89,653
Central governments and Supranational issuers 24,523
Central banks exposure 40,528
Trading book 24,602
Total assets 154,635 -
Financial guarantees 14,542 60
Assets under management - -
Of which debt securities - -
Of which equity instruments - -
2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 234 - 47 97
Financial undertakings - - - -
Credit institutions - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Other financial corporations - - - -
of which investment firms - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings 234 - 47 97
Loans and advances 234 - 47 97
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - -
Local governments financing - - - -
Housing financing - - - -
Other local government financing - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 234 - 47 97
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - - -
Financial guarantees 29 - 3 23
Assets under management - - - -
Of which debt securities - - - -
Of which equity instruments - - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 62 48 - 20
Financial undertakings - - - -
Credit institutions - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Other financial corporations - - - -
of which investment firms - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - -
Loans and advances - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings 62 48 - 20
Loans and advances 62 48 - 20
Debt securities, including UoP - - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - - -
Housing financing - - - -
Other local government financing - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 62 48 - 20
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - - -
Financial guarantees 7 3 - 2
Assets under management - - - -
Of which debt securities - - - -
Of which equity instruments - - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - -
Financial undertakings - -
Credit institutions - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - -
of which investment firms - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - -
Loans and advances - -
Debt securities, including UoP - -
Equity instruments - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - -
Housing financing - -
Other local government financing - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets - -
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - -
Financial guarantees - -
Assets under management - -
Of which debt securities - -
Of which equity instruments - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - 501
Financial undertakings - - 136
Credit institutions - - 136
Loans and advances - - 117
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - 19
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - 365
Loans and advances - - 365
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets - - 501
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - -
Financial guarantees - - 67
Assets under management - - -
Of which debt securities - - -
Of which equity instruments - - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 282 - 47
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 282 - 47
Loans and advances 282 - 47
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) - - -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 282 - 47
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets - - -
Financial guarantees 32 - 3
Assets under management - - -
Of which debt securities - - -
Of which equity instruments - - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
$m Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 117
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 117
Loans and advances 117
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) -
Financial and Non-financial undertakings
SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property
of which building renovation loans
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations
Loans and advances
Debt securities
Equity instruments
Derivatives
On demand interbank loans
Cash and cash-related assets
Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)
Total GAR assets 117
Assets not covered for GAR calculation
Central governments and Supranational issuers
Central banks exposure
Trading book
Total assets -
Financial guarantees 25
Assets under management -
Of which debt securities -
Of which equity instruments -

2a. GAR sector information - Turnover

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD) SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount [Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (CCM) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (CCM)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 1
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 33
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 69
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 1
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - 1
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 3
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 11
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 1
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 13
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 1
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 1
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5829 Other software publishing - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 1
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 1
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 7
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy - -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (CCA)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 -
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 -
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 -
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 -
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 -
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 11
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 -
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 -
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5829 Other software publishing - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 -
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 -
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy - -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)
[Gross] carrying amount [Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (CCA) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products - -
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases - -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds - -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. - -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations - -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres - -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement - -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production - -
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components - -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment - -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers - -
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices - -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines - -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools - -
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles - -
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains - -
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings - -
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. - -
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. - -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport - -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities - -
5320 Other postal and courier activities - -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5829 Other software publishing - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities - -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities - -
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6420 Activities of holding companies - -
7010 Activities of head offices - -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities - -
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy - -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies - -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities - -
8020 Security systems service activities - -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c.
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres
2311 Manufacture of flat glass
2351 Manufacture of cement
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys
2442 Aluminium production
2452 Casting of steel
2611 Manufacture of electronic components
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c.
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats
3511 Production of electricity
3513 Distribution of electricity
3521 Manufacture of gas
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings
4211 Construction of roads and motorways
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c.
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c.
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport
5224 Cargo handling
5229 Other transportation support activities
5320 Other postal and courier activities
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation
5629 Other food service activities
5819 Other publishing activities
5829 Other software publishing
610 Extraction of crude petroleum
6110 Wired telecommunications activities
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities
620 Extraction of natural gas
6201 Computer programming activities
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities
6420 Activities of holding companies
7010 Activities of head offices
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores
7311 Advertising agencies
7312 Media representation
7912 Tour operator activities
8010 Private security activities
8020 Security systems service activities
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c.
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environ mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 1
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 33
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 69
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 1
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - 1
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 3
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 22
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 1
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 13
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 1
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 1
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5829 Other software publishing - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 1
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 1
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 7
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy - -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c.
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres
2311 Manufacture of flat glass
2351 Manufacture of cement
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys
2442 Aluminium production
2452 Casting of steel
2611 Manufacture of electronic components
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c.
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats
3511 Production of electricity
3513 Distribution of electricity
3521 Manufacture of gas
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings
4211 Construction of roads and motorways
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c.
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c.
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport
5224 Cargo handling
5229 Other transportation support activities
5320 Other postal and courier activities
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation
5629 Other food service activities
5819 Other publishing activities
5829 Other software publishing
610 Extraction of crude petroleum
6110 Wired telecommunications activities
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities
620 Extraction of natural gas
6201 Computer programming activities
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities
6420 Activities of holding companies
7010 Activities of head offices
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities
7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores
7311 Advertising agencies
7312 Media representation
7912 Tour operator activities
8010 Private security activities
8020 Security systems service activities
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c.

2b. GAR sector information - CAPEX

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD) SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount [Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM)
1041 Manufacture of oils and fats - -
1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 8 -
1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. - -
1102 Manufacture of wine from grape - -
1105 Manufacture of beer - -
1520 Manufacture of footwear - -
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 52
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 2 -
2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations - -
2052 Manufacture of glues 1 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 4
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 37
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 1 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 72
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 2
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2823 Manufacture of office machinery and equipment (except computers and peripheral equipment) - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 1
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 6
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery - -
3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies - -
3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 1 -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 47
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 1
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 4
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 1
4639 Non-specialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco - -
4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment - -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores - -
4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 1
5110 Passenger air transport - -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5821 Publishing of computer games 42 -
5829 Other software publishing - -
5912 Motion picture, video and television programme post-production activities - -
5920 Sound recording and music publishing activities - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
6190 Other telecommunications activities 30 -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 1
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6312 Web portals - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 4
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
9200 Gambling and betting activities - -
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCA)
1041 Manufacture of oils and fats - -
1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 8 -
1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. - -
1102 Manufacture of wine from grape - -
1105 Manufacture of beer - -
1520 Manufacture of footwear - -
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 -
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 2 -
2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations - -
2052 Manufacture of glues 1 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 -
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 1 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 -
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2823 Manufacture of office machinery and equipment (except computers and peripheral equipment) - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 -
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 -
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery - -
3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies - -
3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 1 -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 48
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 -
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 -
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 -
4639 Non-specialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco - -
4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment - -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores - -
4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 -
5110 Passenger air transport - -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5821 Publishing of computer games 42 -
5829 Other software publishing - -
5912 Motion picture, video and television programme post-production activities - -
5920 Sound recording and music publishing activities - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
6190 Other telecommunications activities 30 -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 -
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6312 Web portals - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 -
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
9200 Gambling and betting activities - -
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)
[Gross] carrying amount [Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCA) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1041 Manufacture of oils and fats - -
1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making - -
1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. - -
1102 Manufacture of wine from grape - -
1105 Manufacture of beer - -
1520 Manufacture of footwear - -
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products - -
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases - -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds - -
2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics - -
2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations - -
2052 Manufacture of glues - -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. - -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations - -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres - -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement - -
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production - -
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components - -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment - -
2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation - -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers - -
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices - -
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines - -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2823 Manufacture of office machinery and equipment (except computers and peripheral equipment) - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools - -
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles - -
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery - -
3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies - -
3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. - -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains - -
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings - -
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. - -
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. - -
4639 Non-specialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco - -
4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment - -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores - -
4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport - -
5110 Passenger air transport - -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities - -
5320 Other postal and courier activities - -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5821 Publishing of computer games - -
5829 Other software publishing - -
5912 Motion picture, video and television programme post-production activities - -
5920 Sound recording and music publishing activities - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities - -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
6190 Other telecommunications activities - -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities - -
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6312 Web portals - -
6420 Activities of holding companies - -
7010 Activities of head offices - -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities - -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies - -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities - -
8020 Security systems service activities - -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
9200 Gambling and betting activities - -
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1041 Manufacture of oils and fats
1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making
1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c.
1102 Manufacture of wine from grape
1105 Manufacture of beer
1520 Manufacture of footwear
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds
2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics
2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations
2052 Manufacture of glues
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c.
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres
2311 Manufacture of flat glass
2351 Manufacture of cement
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys
2442 Aluminium production
2452 Casting of steel
2611 Manufacture of electronic components
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment
2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment
2823 Manufacture of office machinery and equipment (except computers and peripheral equipment)
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c.
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock
3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery
3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies
3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c.
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats
3511 Production of electricity
3513 Distribution of electricity
3521 Manufacture of gas
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings
4211 Construction of roads and motorways
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c.
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c.
4639 Non-specialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco
4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap
4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores
4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods
4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport
5110 Passenger air transport
5224 Cargo handling
5229 Other transportation support activities
5320 Other postal and courier activities
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation
5629 Other food service activities
5819 Other publishing activities
5821 Publishing of computer games
5829 Other software publishing
5912 Motion picture, video and television programme post-production activities
5920 Sound recording and music publishing activities
610 Extraction of crude petroleum
6110 Wired telecommunications activities
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities
6190 Other telecommunications activities
620 Extraction of natural gas
6201 Computer programming activities
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities
6312 Web portals
6420 Activities of holding companies
7010 Activities of head offices
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores
7311 Advertising agencies
7312 Media representation
7912 Tour operator activities
8010 Private security activities
8020 Security systems service activities
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c.
9200 Gambling and betting activities
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
Non-Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD) SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD
[Gross] carrying amount [Gross] carrying amount
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) $m Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
1041 Manufacture of oils and fats - -
1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 8 -
1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. - -
1102 Manufacture of wine from grape - -
1105 Manufacture of beer - -
1520 Manufacture of footwear - -
1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard - -
1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 66 52
2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 3 -
2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals - -
2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 58 -
2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 2 -
2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations - -
2052 Manufacture of glues 1 -
2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 3 -
2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 4 -
2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 6 -
2311 Manufacture of flat glass - -
2351 Manufacture of cement 16 4
2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferro-alloys - -
2442 Aluminium production 100 37
2452 Casting of steel - -
2611 Manufacture of electronic components 2 -
2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 108 -
2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 1 -
2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 207 72
2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 4 2
2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances - -
2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment - -
2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 2 -
2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment - -
2823 Manufacture of office machinery and equipment (except computers and peripheral equipment) - -
2824 Manufacture of power-driven hand tools - -
2829 Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery n.e.c. - -
2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 30 1
2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction - -
2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles - -
2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semi-trailers - -
2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 66 6
3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock - -
3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery - -
3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies - -
3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 1 -
3315 Repair and maintenance of ships and boats - -
3511 Production of electricity - -
3513 Distribution of electricity - -
3521 Manufacture of gas - -
3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 53 95
3600 Water collection, treatment and supply - -
4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 10 1
4211 Construction of roads and motorways - -
4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 52 4
4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 9 1
4639 Non-specialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco - -
4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment - -
4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap - -
4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores - -
4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores - -
4789 Retail sale via stalls and markets of other goods - -
4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets - -
5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 17 1
5110 Passenger air transport - -
5224 Cargo handling - -
5229 Other transportation support activities 12 -
5320 Other postal and courier activities 1 -
5510 Hotels and similar accommodation - -
5629 Other food service activities - -
5819 Other publishing activities - -
5821 Publishing of computer games 42 -
5829 Other software publishing - -
5912 Motion picture, video and television programme post-production activities - -
5920 Sound recording and music publishing activities - -
610 Extraction of crude petroleum - -
6110 Wired telecommunications activities 156 -
6120 Wireless telecommunications activities - -
6130 Satellite telecommunications activities - -
6190 Other telecommunications activities 30 -
620 Extraction of natural gas - -
6201 Computer programming activities 38 1
6209 Other information technology and computer service activities - -
6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities - -
6312 Web portals - -
6420 Activities of holding companies 48 4
7010 Activities of head offices 2 -
7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 16 -
729 Mining of other non-ferrous metal ores - -
7311 Advertising agencies 52 -
7312 Media representation - -
7912 Tour operator activities - -
8010 Private security activities 15 -
8020 Security systems service activities 7 -
8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. - -
9200 Gambling and betting activities - -

3a. GAR KPI stock (as at 31 December 2023) - Turnover %

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 1.30 0.22 - 0.06 0.13
Financial undertakings 1.00 - - - -
Credit institutions 1.00 - - - -
Loans and advances 1.00 - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Other financial corporations - - - - -
of which investment firms - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which management companies - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.30 0.22 - 0.06 0.13
Loans and advances 0.30 0.22 - 0.06 0.13
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Households - - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - - -
Local governments financing - - - - -
Housing financing - - - - -
Other local government financing - - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - - -
Total GAR assets 1.30 0.22 - 0.06 0.13
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.02
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 0.02
Loans and advances 0.02
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 0.02
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.02 - 0.01
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.02 - 0.01
Loans and advances 0.02 - 0.01
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets 0.02 - 0.01
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - -
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 1.32 0.24
Financial undertakings - 1.00 -
Credit institutions - 1.00 -
Loans and advances - 1.00 -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.32 0.24
Loans and advances - 0.32 0.24
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - -
of which building renovation loans - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 1.32 0.24
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 0.06 0.14
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.06 0.14
Loans and advances - 0.06 0.14
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 0.06 0.14
2023
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator)
Proportion of total assets covered
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 9.51
Financial undertakings 5.97
Credit institutions 4.61
Loans and advances 2.26
Debt securities, including UoP 2.31
Equity instruments 0.04
Other financial corporations 1.36
of which investment firms 1.19
Loans and advances 1.19
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings 0.06
Loans and advances 0.06
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 1.44
Loans and advances 1.44
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households 2.10
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 0.98
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 9.51

3b. GAR KPI stock (as at 31 December 2023) - CAPEX %

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.68 0.36 - 0.07 0.15
Financial undertakings 0.21 - - - -
Credit institutions 0.21 - - - -
Loans and advances 0.18 - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments 0.03 - - -
Other financial corporations - - - - -
of which investment firms - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which management companies - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.47 0.36 - 0.07 0.15
Loans and advances 0.47 0.36 - 0.07 0.15
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Households - - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - - -
Local governments financing - - - - -
Housing financing - - - - -
Other local government financing - - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - - -
Total GAR assets 0.68 0.36 - 0.07 0.15
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.10
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 0.10
Loans and advances 0.10
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 0.10
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.07 - 0.03
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.07 - 0.03
Loans and advances 0.07 - 0.03
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets 0.07 - 0.03
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - -
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 0.78 0.43
Financial undertakings - 0.21 -
Credit institutions - 0.21 -
Loans and advances - 0.18 -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - 0.03 -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.57 0.43
Loans and advances - 0.57 0.43
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - -
of which building renovation loans - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 0.78 0.43
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 0.07 0.18
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.07 0.18
Loans and advances - 0.07 0.18
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 0.07 0.18
2023
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator)
Proportion of total assets covered
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 9.51
Financial undertakings 5.97
Credit institutions 4.61
Loans and advances 2.26
Debt securities, including UoP 2.31
Equity instruments 0.04
Other financial corporations 1.36
of which investment firms 1.19
Loans and advances 1.19
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings 0.06
Loans and advances 0.06
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 1.44
Loans and advances 1.44
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households 2.10
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 0.98
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 9.51

4a. GAR KPI flow (new assets during 2023) - Turnover %

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.05 0.03 - - 0.02
Financial undertakings 0.01 - - - -
Credit institutions 0.01 - - - -
Loans and advances 0.01 - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Other financial corporations - - - - -
of which investment firms - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which management companies - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.04 0.03 - - 0.02
Loans and advances 0.04 0.03 - - 0.02
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Households - - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - - -
Local governments financing - - - - -
Housing financing - - - - -
Other local government financing - - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - - -
Total GAR assets 0.05 0.03 - - 0.02
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation -
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - -
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - -
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 0.05 0.03
Financial undertakings - 0.01 -
Credit institutions - 0.01 -
Loans and advances - 0.01 -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.04 0.03
Loans and advances - 0.04 0.03
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - -
of which building renovation loans - -
of which motor vehicle loans - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 0.05 0.03
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - 0.02
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - 0.02
Loans and advances - - 0.02
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - 0.02
2023
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets)
Proportion of total new assets covered
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.01
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 0.01
Loans and advances 0.01
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 0.01

4b. GAR KPI flow (new assets during 2023) - CAPEX %

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.17 0.12 - - 0.05
Financial undertakings 0.01 - - - -
Credit institutions 0.01 - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments 0.01 - - -
Other financial corporations - - - - -
of which investment firms - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which management companies - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - - - -
Loans and advances - - - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.16 0.12 - - 0.05
Loans and advances 0.16 0.12 - - 0.05
Debt securities, including UoP - - - - -
Equity instruments - - - -
Households - - - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - - - -
of which building renovation loans - - - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - - - -
Local governments financing - - - - -
Housing financing - - - - -
Other local government financing - - - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - - - -
Total GAR assets 0.17 0.12 - - 0.05
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.03
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 0.03
Loans and advances 0.03
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 0.03
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.03 - 0.01
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings 0.03 - 0.01
Loans and advances 0.03 - 0.01
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets 0.03 - 0.01
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - -
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property
of which building renovation loans
of which motor vehicle loans
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - 0.20 0.15
Financial undertakings - 0.01 -
Credit institutions - 0.01 -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - 0.01 -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Non-financial undertakings - 0.19 0.15
Loans and advances - 0.19 0.15
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - - -
Households - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - -
of which building renovation loans - -
of which motor vehicle loans - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - 0.20 0.15
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation - - 0.05
Financial undertakings - - -
Credit institutions - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Other financial corporations - - -
of which investment firms - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which management companies - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
of which insurance undertakings - - -
Loans and advances - - -
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Non-financial undertakings - - 0.05
Loans and advances - - 0.05
Debt securities, including UoP - - -
Equity instruments - -
Households - - -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property - - -
of which building renovation loans - - -
of which motor vehicle loans - - -
Local governments financing - - -
Housing financing - - -
Other local government financing - - -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties - - -
Total GAR assets - - 0.05
2023
% (compared to flow of total eligible assets)
Proportion of total new assets covered
GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator
Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.06
Financial undertakings -
Credit institutions -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Other financial corporations -
of which investment firms -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which management companies -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
of which insurance undertakings -
Loans and advances -
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Non-financial undertakings 0.06
Loans and advances 0.06
Debt securities, including UoP -
Equity instruments -
Households -
of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property -
of which building renovation loans -
of which motor vehicle loans -
Local governments financing -
Housing financing -
Other local government financing -
Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties -
Total GAR assets 0.06

5a. KPI off-balance sheet exposures - Turnover stock

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.65 0.19 -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.01 0.17 -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - 0.65
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.19 - 0.01 0.17
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - -

5b. KPI off-balance sheet exposures - CAPEX stock

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.41 0.20 - 0.02 0.16 0.05
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.02 - 0.02
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - 0.46
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.22 - 0.02 0.18
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - -

5c. KPI off-balance sheet exposures - Turnover flow

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.04 - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - 0.04
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - -

5d. KPI off-balance sheet exposures - CAPEX flow

2023
Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.03 - - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - - -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) -
2023
Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - -
2023
Water and marine resources (WTR), Circular economy (CE), Pollution (PPC), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - 0.03
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - -
2023
TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)
% (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)
Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned)
Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling
Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) - - - -
Assets under management (AuM KPI) - - - -

Nuclear energy and fossil gas related activities

In line with the Complementary Climate Delegated Act (EU 2022/1214 III.9. amending EU 2021/2139 and EU 2021/2178) the Group identified the portion of its portfolio related to certain economic activities related to nuclear and fossil gas that can be classified as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy. This exposure is immaterial for the Group based on available data as of December 2023.

Nuclear energy related activities

1. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle. YES
2. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies. YES
3. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades. YES
Fossil gas related activities
4. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels. YES
5. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels. YES
6. The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels. YES

Template 2 Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (denominator)

Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX CCM + CCA
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Total applicable KPI 155 - 282 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount Turnover % Turnover
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Total applicable KPI 144 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI - -
Total applicable KPI 234 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change adaptation
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Total applicable KPI 11 - 48 -

Template 3 Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (numerator)

Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX CCM + CCA
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 155 - 282 -
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 155 - 282 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount Turnover % Turnover
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 144 -
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 144 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 234 -
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 234 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change adaption
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of taxonomy aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 11 - 48 -
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 11 - 48 -

Template 4 Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities

Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX CCM + CCA
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 704 219
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 704 - 219 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount Turnover % Turnover
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 700
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 700 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change mitigation
Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 205
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 205 -
Amount and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)
Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Climate change adaption
Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4 14
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4 - 14 -

Template 5 Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities

Economic activities based on KPI Turnover and CAPEX Amount Turnover % Turnover Amount CAPEX % CAPEX
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 2 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 3 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 4 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 5 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI
Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 6 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI - - - -
Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 49,416 - 49,774 -

KPMG

Audit

1 Harbourmaster Place

IFSC

Dublin 1

D01 F6F5

Ireland

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of CITIBANK EUROPE PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of CITIBANK EUROPE PLC ('the Company') and its consolidated undertakings ('the Group') for the year ended December 31, 2023 set out on pages 63 to 211, which comprise the Group and Company Statements of Financial Position, the Group and Company Income Statements, the Group and Company Statements of Other Comprehensive Income, the Group and Company Statements of Cash Flows, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, and related notes, including the material accounting policies set out in note 1.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is Irish Law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2014.

In our opinion:

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Group and Company as at December 31, 2023 and of the Group's and Company's profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union;

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2014; and

the Group and Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2014.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (Ireland) (ISAs (Ireland)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee.

We were appointed as auditor by the directors in May 2001. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is the 22 years ended December 31, 2023. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remained independent of the Group in accordance with, ethical requirements applicable in Ireland, including the Ethical Standard issued by the Irish Auditing and Accounting Supervisory Authority (IAASA) as applied to public interest entities. No non-audit services prohibited by that standard were provided.

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors' assessment of the Group's and Company's ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

We used our knowledge of the Company, the financial services industry, and the general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to the business model and analysed how those risks might affect the Company's financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely affect the Company's available financial resources over this period were:

the availability of funding and liquidity in the event of a market wide stress scenario; and

the impact on regulatory capital requirements in the event of an economic slowdown.

We also considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the availability of financial resources in the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible, downside scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively against the level of available financial resources indicated by the Company's financial forecasts.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group or the Company's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Detecting irregularities including fraud

We identified the areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements and risks of material misstatement due to fraud, using our understanding of the entity's industry, regulatory environment and other external factors and inquiry with the directors. In addition, our risk assessment procedures included:

Inquiring with the directors and other management as to the Group's policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations, identifying, evaluating and accounting for litigation and claims, as well as whether they have knowledge of non-compliance or instances of litigation or claims.

Inquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group's high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, and the Group's channel for "whistleblowing", as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

Inquiring of directors, the audit committee, and internal audit regarding their assessment of the risk that the financial statements may be materially misstated due to irregularities, including fraud.

Inspecting the Group's regulatory and legal correspondence.

Reading minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors, and the audit committee.

Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management and directors.

Performing planning analytical procedures to identify any usual or unexpected relationships.

We discussed identified laws and regulations, fraud risk factors and the need to remain alert among the audit team. This included communication from the group to full scope component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations and any fraud risks identified at the Group level and request to full scope component audit teams to report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement at group.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including companies and financial reporting legislation. We assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items, including assessing the financial statement disclosures and agreeing them to supporting documentation when necessary.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or the loss of the Group's licence to operate. We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: regulatory capital and liquidity and certain aspects of company legislation recognising the financial and regulated nature of the Group's activities and its legal form.

Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these non-direct laws and regulations to inquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. These limited procedures did not identify actual or suspected non-compliance.

We assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. As required by auditing standards, we performed procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition. On this audit we do not believe there is a fraud risk related to revenue recognition. We identified fraud risks in relation to the Group and Component. We identified fraud risks in relation to overlays raised by management as part of the expected credit loss on loans and advances to customers, the valuation of level 3 financial instruments, and the existence and accuracy of unconfirmed OTC Derivatives.

Further detail in respect of management overlays and valuation of level 3 financial instruments is set out in the key audit matter disclosures in this report.

In response to the fraud risks, we also performed procedures including:

Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation.

Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias

Assessing the disclosures in the financial statements

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group operates and gaining an understanding of the control environment including the entity's procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations (irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows (unchanged from 2022):

IFRS 9 Expected Credit Losses

2023: $250m (Group) $113m (Company)

2022: $157m (Group) $157m (Company)

Refer to note 1 (j) (accounting policies) and notes 21 and 23.2 (financial disclosures)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
The measurement of expected credit losses ('ECL') involves significant judgements and estimates. A heightened risk of material misstatement of ECL continues to arise in the current year due to the increased judgement and estimation uncertainty as a result of the prevailing macroeconomic conditions. We performed detailed risk assessment procedures over the entirety of the loan and advances to customers at amortised cost within the Group's financial statements. As part of these risk assessment procedures, we identified which portfolios in our judgment are associated with a risk of material misstatement including those arising from significant management judgements over the estimation of ECL either due to inputs, methods or assumptions.
The key areas where we identified greater levels of management judgement and therefore increased levels of audit focus in CEP's compliance with IFRS 9 include:
Accuracy of Probability of Default ("PD") Models Accuracy of PD Models;
Owing to the complexity and uncertainty in the PD models, including the underlying assumptions, we have identified a significant risk of error in expected credit losses as a result of inaccurate PDs being generated by certain PD models. • We performed end to end process walkthroughs to identify the key systems, applications and key controls used in the;
-Impairment loss allowance modelling processes;
- Modelling process and methodologies, including model monitoring, validations and approvals for the PD models;
-Staging and significant increase in credit risk (SICR);
-Testing the general IT controls over the key systems used in the process to transmit data used by the PD models and calculate the ECL, and the IT access and change controls over the model storage applications. •We tested the completeness and accuracy of identified relevant data elements used within the CEP ECL PD models through testing of controls and vouching a sample of data elements to supporting documentation.
•In conjunction with our credit specialist, we inspected the relevant PD model validation reports and assessed whether the findings have been appropriately considered and addressed by management/ model developers.
• We inspected the model development documentation and assessed whether model updates in the period were reasonable.
•We evaluated the adequacy of the SICR criteria for compliance with IFRS 9.
•In conjunction with our credit modelling specialists, we performed independent reperformance testing over key aspects of the PD models underlying the calculation of expected credit losses.
•We inspected relevant regulatory correspondence during the year and discussed the findings with CEP credit management. We assessed
whether management's response to the findings was reasonable and considered the impact of the findings on our audit approach and risk assessment.
Management Overlays Management Overlays
Management overlays are raised by management to address known impairment model limitations and/ or emerging trends. • We performed end to end process walkthroughs and tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the key controls over the identification, calculation, review and authorisation of management overlays;
Management overlays include the reserve scaling factor ("RSF" or "Scalar") to address CEP's idiosyncratic portfolio characteristics. •In conjunction with our credit modelling specialist, we challenged management on the completeness and adequacy of the ECL through inspection of the methodology used to calculate the reserve scaling factor ("RSF") and other management overlays and assessing management's rationale for the inputs and weightings into the RSF calculation.
We have identified a significant risk of error associated with the completeness, as well as a significant risk of error and fraud associated with the valuation of those overlays with the greatest degree of management judgement. There is a possibility that management could increase or decrease management overlays to meet expectations for CEP's results. • In conjunction with our local credit specialists, we evaluated the conceptual soundness of the management overlays by critically assessing management's methodology, including the limitation and/ or risk that the overlay is seeking to address, and the overlays' compliance with the requirements of IFRS 9.
• We inspected management's overlays calculation methodology and tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the key controls over the completeness and accuracy of relevant data inputs into the overlays' calculation.
•We tested the completeness and accuracy of overlays and challenged management's assumptions having regard for regulatory expectations, the risk profile of loan books, known model/ data limitations and the credit risk impact of prevailing macroeconomic uncertainty such as interest rates, inflation and performance of the relevant portfolios.
•We benchmarked CEP's overall ECL coverage levels including the relevant overlays applied by management to the overall ECLs recognised by peers using recent EBA IFRS 9 coverage ratio benchmarking.
•In conjunction with our credit modelling specialist, we assessed whether the management overlays were subject to bias having regard for the risk profile of the loan book, model limitations and/or data limitations, performance of the relevant portfolio, inflation, rising interest rates and market uncertainties.
Economic Scenarios Economic scenarios
Economic scenarios have a direct impact on the loans in stage 2 and the resultant ECL. • We performed an end-to-end process walkthrough and tested the design, implementation
Significant management judgement is applied to the determination of the economic scenarios and the weightings applied to them. and operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the estimation of macro-economic forecasts used in measuring ECL including the economic scenarios and probability weightings applied to them.
We have identified a significant risk due to error with respect to management judgment applied in the selection of scenarios, the associated scenario probabilities and the material economic variables which drive the scenarios and the related weightings, particularly given the weighted economic and geopolitical uncertainty. • In conjunction with our local economic specialist, we held probing inquiries with management
and inspected related documentation to assess whether the basis for management assumptions were reasonable and consistent with consensus forecasts.
• We challenged whether management's FLI optimistic / pessimistic scenario weightings were reasonable, having regard to all available information at year end such as external forecasters and peer information.
• We critically assessed the sensitivity analysis of the ECL impact from the application of
alternative weightings applied to scenarios in FLI.
•We engaged our local economics specialist to assist us in assessing the plausibility of the significant assumption (the forecasts for the macroeconomic variables) underpinning management's economic scenarios which we have defined to be GDP and unemployment forecasts. Specifically, we challenged the overall reasonableness of the GDP and unemployment forecasts with reference to independent and observable economic forecasts.
Identification and quantification of stage 3 loans Identification and quantification of stage 3 loans
There is a risk that stage 3 loans are not completely identified and that the individually assessed ECLs held against these stage 3 counterparties are incorrectly or inappropriately calculated by management. Management judgement is applied to value the collateral, in determining the probability weighting of scenarios used to calculate the level of provisioning required and the impact of the likely courses of action with borrowers on ECL. • We performed an end-to-end process walkthrough and tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the assignment of credit risk grades;
For the reasons outlined above the engagement team determine this matter to be a key audit matter. • In relation to performing loans, we haphazardly selected a sample of individual loans for testing and performed independent credit file reviews, critically assessing by reference to underlying loan documentation, and through inquiries of management, whether the credit grade and associated staging was reasonable. In addition to our haphazardly selected sample, we judgmentally selected a number of additional risk based cases, focusing on high risk sectors including those impacted by climate risk, inflation and geopolitical events; and
• We performed independent credit reviews over a sample of stage 3 individually assessed loans to test the reasonableness of the expected credit loss and challenged management in respect of significant assumptions underpinning the individually assessed impairment calculations.
We found the significant judgements used by management in determining the ECL charge and provision, including the accuracy of the PD model, application of management overlays, economic scenarios and identification and quantification of stage 3 loans, to be reasonable.

Valuation of level 3 financial instruments

2023: Assets: $509m (Group) $483m (Company) Liabilities: $173m (Group) $173m (Company)

2022: Assets: $770m (Group) $407m (Company) Liabilities: $770m (Group) $407m (Company)

Refer to note 1 (i) (accounting policies) and note 25 (financial disclosures)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
The valuation of certain financial instruments is considered to have a significant risk due to error and fraud when the unobservable pricing inputs, which require a degree of management judgement, drive a material part of the resulting valuation and such valuation could result in a material misstatement within the financial statements. We performed detailed risk assessment procedures throughout the audit period over the entirety of the balances (i.e. all of the fair value financial instruments held by the Group) within the Group's financial statements. As part of these risk assessment procedures, we identified which portfolios in our judgement and the associated valuation inputs have a risk of material misstatement including those arising from significant management judgements over valuation either due to unobservable inputs or complex models.
The determination of the valuation of financial instruments that are considered to have unobservable inputs, which represents management's estimate of the fair value of the instrument at the date of the financial statements, involves judgement and complexity surrounding the valuation assertion. We performed end-to-end process walkthroughs of the valuation process and tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of key controls identified in the following areas:
The significant pricing inputs are unobservable, involve complex valuation models or limited market data and estimation uncertainty can be high. ◦ Independent price verification ("IPV") key inputs, including completeness of positions and risk factors subject to IPV;
Management makes certain assumptions as they relate to the valuation of financial instruments. The valuation of level 3 financial instruments takes into consideration, among other matters, trader judgement regarding at least one significant unobservable input. The significant assumptions and/or judgements used for the significant unobservable inputs are subjective and can be manipulated by the trader. ◦ Fair value adjustments ("FVAs");
We regard the valuation of level 3 as a key audit matter because its calculation is complex and requires a high degree of management judgement. ◦ IT systems relevant to the valuation including interfaces with risk systems and external pricing providers;
For the reasons outlined above the engagement team determine this matter to be a key audit matter. ◦ Validation, completeness, implementation and usage of valuation models, including controls over adjustments to model limitations and assumptions; and
◦ Levelling of positions in the fair value hierarchy.
In conjunction with our valuation specialists, we:
◦ Independently valued a selection of level 3 financial instruments (to address the risk of fraud);
◦ For a selection of non-marketable equity securities, we engaged our local corporate finance specialist to assess management's valuation approach and resulting estimate of the fair value of the securities;
◦ Performed test of details for a selection of instruments including re-performance of management's process over the reliability and accuracy of the inputs used in IPV process and IPV calculation itself for the 31 December 2023 IPV process;
◦ Inspected external sources for price inputs used by management in performing IPV and recalculated IPV variances as well as FVAs; and
◦ Independently obtained key pricing inputs as part of our recalculations and challenge. We challenged the reasonableness of significant assumptions by assessing the appropriateness of significant models and methodologies used in calculating fair values and FVAs and independently building significant market data curves used by management as part of the IPV process.
Overall, we consider the valuation of level 3 financial instruments to be reasonable having regard for the requirements of IFRS.

Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit.

We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at $90m determined with reference to a benchmark of Net Assets which it represents 0.5%.

Materiality for the Company financial statements was set at $80m (2022: $60m) which represents 0.4% (2022: 0.5%) of net assets.

Materiality for the current year was determined in the aforementioned manner consistently with the prior year due to the continued volatility of the profit before tax of the Group and Company whilst the balance sheet of the Group and Company have been growing. We consider net assets to be the most appropriate benchmark as it provides a more stable measure year on year than profit before tax and is the metic we consider to most influence the decisions of the users of the financial statements.

In applying our judgement in determining the percentages to be applied to the benchmarks, we considered a number of factors including; the ownership structure of the Group and Company, our understanding of the Group and Company and its environment, the number and value of misstatements detected and the number and severity of deficiencies in control activities identified in the prior year financial statements audit.

Performance Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at 75% of materiality which equates to $67.5m.

Performance Materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole was set at 75% (2022: 75%) of materiality which equates to $60m (2022: $45m).

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. In applying our judgement in determining performance materiality, we considered a number of factors including; the low number and value of misstatements detected and the low number and severity of deficiencies in control activities identified in the prior year financial statement audit.

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding $4m (2022: $3m) for Company financial statements and exceeding $4.5m for Group financial statements, in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

The Group operates in various locations across Europe. Significant components were subject to audit procedures performed by the component auditors. In planning the audit we used materiality to determine the scope of work of the components, with two components as full scope audits. The work on one of the components was performed by a component audit team in Poland and the remaining work was performed by the Group audit team.

We applied materiality to assist us determine what risks were significant risks and the Group audit team instructed component auditors as to the significant areas to be covered by them, including the relevant risks detailed above and the information to be reported back.

A combination of in-person and virtual planning meetings were held, led by the Group audit team, to discuss key audit risks and obtain input from component auditors and other participating locations. Regular video-conference meetings were held with the component auditors throughout the duration of the audit, including attending closing meetings with management of the component location that was subject to audit procedures. During the visit, we inspected the component's key working papers. We used Group materiality to assist us in determining the extent of the review to understand and challenge the audit approach and findings of the component auditor. In addition, the findings reported to us were discussed in detail, and further work required by the Group audit team was then performed by the component auditor as necessary.

Other information

The directors are responsible for the preparation of the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. The other information comprises the information included in the directors' report and the non-financial statement included on pages 13-51, the European Union Taxonomy Regulation on pages 30-51, and the unaudited notes to the financial statements which include Country by Country Reporting.

The financial statements and our auditor's report thereon do not comprise part of the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.

Based solely on our work on the other information undertaken during the course of the audit we report that, in those parts of the directors' report specified for our consideration:

we have not identified material misstatements in the directors' report;

in our opinion, the information given in the directors' report is consistent with the financial statements; and

in our opinion, the directors' report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2014.

Our opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2014 are unmodified

We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit.

In our opinion the accounting records of the Group and Company were sufficient to permit the financial statements to be readily and properly audited and the financial statements are in agreement with the accounting records.

We have nothing to report on other matters on which we are required to report by exception

The Companies Act 2014 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

the disclosures of directors' remuneration and transactions required by Sections 305 to 312 of the Act are not made.

the Company has not provided the information required by section 5(2) to (7) of the European Union (Disclosure of Non-Financial and Diversity Information by certain large undertakings and groups) Regulations 2017 for the year ended 31 December 2022 as required by the European Union (Disclosure of Non-Financial and Diversity Information by certain large undertakings and groups) (amendment) Regulations 2018.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Respective responsibilities and restrictions on use

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the directors' responsibilities statement set out on pages 11-12, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (Ireland) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on IAASA's website at https://iaasa.ie/publications/description-of-the-auditors-responsibilities-for-the-audit-of-the-financial-statements/.

The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities

Our report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Section 391 of the Companies Act 2014. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

 

28 March 2024

for and on behalf of KPMG
Chartered Accountants, Statutory Audit Firm

James Black

1 Harbourmaster Place

IFSC

Dublin 1

Ireland

D01 F6F5

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2023
$m
2022
$m
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method 3 4,181 1,170
Interest income 4,181 1,170
Interest expense 3 (2,499) (582)
Net interest income 1,682 588
Fee and commission income 4 1,584 1,368
Fee and commission expense 4 (261) (228)
Net fee and commission income 1,323 1,140
Net trading income 5 387 469
Net investment income 6 75 42
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss 7 8 22
Net (loss)/gain on hedge accounting 8 (1) -
Other operating income 9 873 744
Net income before impairment 4,347 3,005
Net impairment gains/(losses) on financial instruments 23 38 (70)
Net operating income 4,385 2,935
Personnel expenses 11 (1,377) (1,055)
Other expenses 13 (867) (605)
Total operating expenses (2,244) (1,660)
Profit before tax 2,141 1,275
Corporate tax 14 (398) (244)
Profit for the year 1,743 1,031
Profit attributable to:
Attributable to shareholders 1,728 1,031
Attributable to non-controlling interest 15 -
Profit for the year 1,743 1,031

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2023
$m
2022
$m
Profit for the period 1,743 1,031
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
(Loss)/Gain on remeasurement of defined benefit liability 15 (13) 84
Related tax 29 1 (16)
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss) 147 63
Movement in fair value reserve (FVOCI debt instruments)
Debt instruments at FVOCI - net change in fair value 338 (449)
Debt instruments at FVOCI - reclassified to profit or loss 6 (20) 6
Related tax 29 (27) 70
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax 426 (242)
Total comprehensive income for the year 2,169 789
Attributable to shareholders 2,129 789
Attributable to non-controlling interest 40 -
Total comprehensive income for the year 2,169 789

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION As at 31 December 2023

Assets

Note 31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 16 45,476 32,915
Trading assets 17,25 7,858 9,895
Derivative financial instruments 18,25 29,075 22,347
Hedging derivatives 26 2 -
Investment securities 19 17,490 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreements 20 15,884 22,176
Loans and advances to banks 21 2,529 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 21 25,065 19,753
Other assets 22 10,125 10,183
Current tax asset 73 14
Goodwill and Intangible assets 28 462 120
Property and equipment 27 354 183
Deferred tax assets 29 242 255
Total assets 154,635 129,339
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 25 11,218 8,908
Customer accounts 25 64,891 49,072
Derivative financial instruments 18,25 28,980 22,844
Hedging derivatives 26 24 -
Repurchase agreements 23,25 968 5,397
Subordinated liabilities 31 8,482 4,455
Current tax liability 250 55
Provisions 32 149 131
Deferred tax liabilities 29 13 17
Other liabilities 33 20,091 24,364
Total liabilities 135,066 115,243
Equity shareholders' funds
Share capital 34 11 11
Share premium account 34 1,963 1,963
Other reserves (net) 24 5,142 2,002
Retained earnings 11,836 10,120
Total equity excluding non-controlling interest 18,952 14,096
Non-controlling interest 36 617 -
Total equity 19,569 14,096
Total liabilities and equity 154,635 129,339

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY for the year ended 31 December 2023

Attributable to equity holders of the Group
Note Share capital
$m
Share premium
$m
Capital reserve
$m
Merger reserve
$m
Translation reserve
$m
Balance at 1 January 2022 11 1,963 827 18 (117)
Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - - - -
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 15,29 - - - - -
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - - 63
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) - - - - -
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - 63
Total comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - 63
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions - - 1,700 - -
Equity settled share-based payment 37 - - - - -
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - - 1,700 - -
Balance at 31 December 2022 11 1,963 2,527 18 (54)
Balance at 1 January 2023 11 1,963 2,527 18 (54)
Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - - - -
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 15,29 - - - - -
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - - 133
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) - - - - -
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - 133
Total comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - 133
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions 35 - - 2,775 (45) -
Equity settled share-based payment 37 - - - - -
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - - 2,775 (45) -
Acquisition of subsidiary with NCI 36 - - - - -
Balance at 31 December 2023 11 1,963 5,302 (27) 79
Attributable to equity holders of the Group
Fair value reserve
$m
Equity reserve
$m
Retained earnings
$m
Total equity excluding non-controlling interest
$m
Non controlling interest
$m
Total equity
$m
Balance at 1 January 2022 (123) (1) 9,021 11,599 - 11,599
Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - 1,031 1,031 - 1,031
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax: - -
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability - - 68 68 - 68
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - 63 - 63
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) (373) - - (373) - (373)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) (373) - 68 (242) - (242)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) (373) - 1,099 789 - 789
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions - - - 1,700 - 1,700
Equity settled share-based payment - 8 - 8 - 8
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - 8 - 1,708 - 1,708
Balance at 31 December 2022 (496) 7 10,120 14,096 - 14,096
Balance at 1 January 2023 (496) 7 10,120 14,096 - 14,096
Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - 1,728 1,728 15 1,743
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability - - (12) (12) - (12)
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - 133 14 147
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) 280 - - 280 11 291
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) 280 - (12) 401 25 426
Total comprehensive income/(loss) 280 - 1,716 2,129 40 2,169
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions - - - 2,730 11 2,741
Equity settled share-based payment - (3) - (3) - (3)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - (3) - 2,727 11 2,738
Acquisition of subsidiary with NCI - - - - 566 566
Balance at 31 December 2023 (216) 4 11,836 18,952 617 19,569

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax 1,743 1,031
Adjustments for:
Income tax charged 14 398 244
Depreciation and amortisation 13 75 56
Net impairment losses/(recoveries) on loans and advances 23 82 59
Provision released and other movements during the year 32 (3) 1
Provision utilised during the year 32 (5) (2)
Net interest income 3 (1,682) (588)
Net gain on investment securities 19 (55) (48)
Change in trading assets 17,25 2,245 (5,452)
Change in derivative financial instrument assets 18,25 (4,871) (9,221)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements (more than 3 months) 24 13,341 -
Change in assets due to hedging derivatives 26 2 -
Change in loans and advances to banks (more than 3 months) 16,21 813 (373)
Change in loans and advances to customers 21,23 (1,381) (9,576)
Change in other assets 22 188 (3,310)
Change in deposits by banks 25 1,420 (2,312)
Change in customer account balances 25 3,328 10,095
Change in derivative financial instrument liabilities 18,25 4,643 8,415
Change in investment securities 29 -
Change in liabilities due to hedging derivatives 26 3 -
Change in other liabilities (without repurchase agreements) 14,30 (5,541) 14,313
Change in repurchase agreements 33 (4,429) 4,332
10,343 7,664
Interest received 3 4,181 1,178
Interest paid 3 (2,499) (581)
Income tax paid (311) (181)
Net cash flow from operating activities 11,714 8,080
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of investment securities (4,344) (2,130)
Disposal of investment securities 1,370 172
Acquisition of property and equipment 27 (99) (92)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment and intangibles 27 4 1
Acquisition of intangible assets 28 (48) (25)
Net cash flow from investing activities (3,117) (2,074)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of lease liabilities 40 18 53
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities 16 3,852 -
Proceeds from capital contribution 23.9 2,741 1,700
Net cash flow (used in) financing activities 6,611 1,753
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 15,208 7,759
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 16 44,515 37,024
Effect of exchange translations and other adjustments (881) (268)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 16 58,842 44,515

COMPANY INCOME STATEMENT for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2023
$m
2022
$m
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method 3 4,014 1,168
Interest income 4,014 1,168
Interest expense 3 (2,456) (581)
Net interest income 1,558 587
Fee and commission income 4 1,494 1,368
Fee and commission expense 4 (261) (228)
Net fee and commission income 1,233 1,140
Net trading income 5 418 468
Net investment income 6 78 42
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss 7 8 22
Other operating income 9 876 744
Net income before impairment 4,171 3,003
Net impairment gains/(losses) on financial instruments 23 65 (70)
Net operating income 4,236 2,933
Personnel expenses 11 (1,345) (1,055)
Other expenses 13 (830) (604)
Total operating expenses (2,175) (1,659)
Profit before tax 2,061 1,274
Corporate tax 14 (376) (244)
Profit for the year 1,685 1,030

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

COMPANY STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2023
$m
2022
$m
Profit for the period 1,685 1,030
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Gain/(Loss) on remeasurement of defined benefit liability 15 (11) 84
Related tax 29 1 (16)
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss) 82 63
Movement in fair value reserve (FVOCI debt instruments)
Debt instruments at FVOCI - net change in fair value 304 (449)
Debt instruments at FVOCI - reclassified to profit or loss 6 (28) 6
Related tax 29 (27) 70
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax 321 (242)
Total comprehensive income for the year 2,006 788

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022 (restated)
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 16 45,338 32,911
Trading assets 17,25 7,653 9,895
Derivative financial instruments 18,25 28,061 22,347
Investment securities 19 9,772 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreements * 23,25 11,995 22,176
Loans and advances to banks * 21 2,573 2,426
Loans and advances to customers * 21 20,667 19,691
Shares in subsidiary undertakings 30 1,713 14
Other assets 22 9,483 10,183
Current tax asset 73 14
Goodwill and Intangible assets 28 135 120
Property and equipment 27 223 183
Deferred tax assets 29 213 255
Total assets 137,899 129,287
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 25 10,870 8,858
Customer accounts 25 51,225 49,072
Derivative financial instruments 18,25 28,132 22,844
Repurchase agreements * 23,25 964 5,397
Subordinated liabilities 31 8,482 4,455
Current tax liability 134 54
Provisions 32 125 131
Deferred tax liabilities 29 13 17
Other liabilities * 33 19,157 24,364
Total liabilities 119,102 115,192
Equity shareholders' funds
Share capital 34 11 11
Share premium account 34 1,963 1,963
Other reserves (net) 24 5,029 2,002
Retained earnings 11,794 10,119
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders 18,797 14,095
Total liabilities and equity shareholders' funds 137,899 129,287

* To provide more relevant information to the readers of the financial statements reverse repurchase agreement and repurchase agreement balances have been presented separately from Loans and advances to banks and customers and Other liabilities respectively. Comparative balances have also been updated accordingly.

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024 and signed on their behalf by:

 

Susan Dean, Chairperson

Peter McCarthy, Chief Executive Officer, Temporary Officer

John Gollan, Audit Committee Chair

Fiona Mahon, Company Secretary

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY for the year ended 31 December 2023

Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Note Share capital
$m
Share premium
$m
Capital reserve
$m
Merger reserve
$m
Translation reserve
$m
Balance at 1 January 2022 11 1,963 827 18 (117)
Total comprehensive income/ (loss):
Profit for the year - - - - -
Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 15,29 - - - - -
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - - 63
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) - - - - -
Total other comprehensive income/ (loss) - - - - 63
Total comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - 63
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions 24 - - 1,700 - -
Equity settled share-based payment 37 - - - - -
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - - 1,700 - -
Balance at 31 December 2022 11 1,963 2,527 18 (54)
Balance at 1 January 2023 11 1,963 2,527 18 (54)
Balance at Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - - - -
Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 15,29 - - - - -
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) - - - - - - - - 82 -
Total other comprehensive income/ (loss) - - - - 82
Total comprehensive income/ (loss) - - - - 82
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions 35 - - 2,744 (45) -
Equity settled share-based payment 37 - - - - -
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - - 2,744 (45) -
Balance at 31 December 2023 11 1,963 5,271 (27) 28
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Fair value reserve
$m
Equity reserve
$m
Retained earnings
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 1 January 2022 (123) (1) 9,021 11,599
Total comprehensive income/ (loss):
Profit for the year - - 1,030 1,030
Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability - - 68 68
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations - - - 63
Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) (373) - - (373)
Total other comprehensive income/ (loss) (373) - 68 (242)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) (373) - 1,098 788
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions - - - 1,700
Equity settled share-based payment - 8 - 8
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - 8 - 1,708
Balance at 31 December 2022 (496) 7 10,119 14,095
Balance at 1 January 2023 (496) 7 10,119 14,095
Balance at Total comprehensive income/(loss):
Profit for the year - - 1,685 1,685
Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability - - (10) (10)
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations Fair value reserve (FVOCI financial assets) - 249 - - - 82,249
Total other comprehensive income/ (loss) 249 - (10) 321
Total comprehensive income/ (loss) 249 - 1,675 2,006
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity increase resulting from merger and capital transactions - - - 2,699
Equity settled share-based payment - (3) - (3)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners - (3) - 2,696
Balance at 31 December 2023 (247) 4 11,794 18,797

The accompanying notes on pages 73 to 219 form an integral part of these financial statements.

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax 1,685 1,030
Adjustments for:
Income tax charged 14 376 244
Depreciation and amortisation 13 66 56
Net impairment losses/(recoveries) on loans and advances 23 (96) 59
Provision released and other movements during the year 32 42 1
Provision utilised during the year 32 (5) (2)
Net interest income 3 (1,558) (587)
Net gain on investment securities 19 (50) (48)
Change in trading assets 17,25 2,242 (5,452)
Change in derivative financial instrument assets 18,25 (5,714) (9,221)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements (more than 3 months) 8,443 -
Change in loans and advances to banks (more than 3 months) 16,21 (506) (373)
Change in loans and advances to customers 21,23 (932) (9,585)
Change in other assets 22 641 (3,312)
Change in deposits by banks 25 2,012 (2,290)
Change in customer account balances 25 2,153 10,095
Change in derivative financial instrument liabilities 18,25 5,288 8,415
Change in other liabilities (without repurchase agreements) 14,30 (5,244) 14,314
Change in repurchase agreements 33 (4,433) 4,332
4,410 7,676
Interest received 3 4,014 1,177
Interest paid 3 (2,456) (581)
Income tax paid (305) (181)
Net cash flow from operating activities 5,663 8,091
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of a subsidiary 30 - -
Acquisition of investment securities (1,454) (2,130)
Disposal of investment securities 813 172
Acquisition of property and equipment 27 (84) (92)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment 27 1 1
Acquisition of intangible assets 28 (32) (25)
Net cash flow from investing activities (756) (2,074)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of lease liabilities 40 16 54
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities 16 3,852 -
Proceeds from capital contribution 24 1,000 1,700
Net cash flow (used in) financing activities 4,868 1,754
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 9,775 7,771
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 16 44,510 37,008
Effect of exchange translations and other adjustments 546 (269)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 16 54,831 44,510

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Principal accounting policies

The Group has consistently applied the accounting policies as set out below to all periods presented in these financial statements, apart from the newly adopted accounting policies mentioned in 1(c) below.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been standardised in the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, where necessary, to ensure consistency in all material aspects with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

a) Basis of presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (collectively "IFRSs") as adopted by the European Union ("EU") and applicable for the financial year ended 31 December 2023. The financial statements also comply with those parts of the Companies Act 2014 and the European Union Credit Institutions: Financial Statements Regulations 2015 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The accounting policies have been applied consistently and are consistent with the previous year, unless otherwise described.

These financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified to include the fair value of certain financial instruments to the extent required or permitted under the accounting standards and as set out in the relevant accounting policies.

These consolidated financial statements comprise the Citibank Europe Plc ("the Company" or "CEP") and the "Group" (CEP and its' subsidiaries).

b) Functional and presentation currency

These financial statements are presented in USD, which is the functional and presentation currency of the Group.

c) Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

Standards issued and effective

There are a number of accounting standards that have been amended by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which became effective during 2023. They include:

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8)

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12)

Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)

Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective as at 31 December 2023

The accounting standards and amendments set out below have been issued by the IASB, but are not yet effective for the Group. The Group does not plan on early adoption of these standards. These standards either have no impact or not expected to have material impact to the Group upon adoption.

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1) (not yet endorsed by the EU), effective date 1 Jan 2024;

Non-current Liabilities with Covenants -Amendments to IAS 1, effective date 1 January 2024

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28) (not yet endorsed), effective date deferred indefinitely;

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback- Amendments to IFRS 16, effective date 1 January 2024

Supplier Finance Arrangements-Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7, effective date 1 January 2024

Lack of Exchangeability- Amendments to IAS 21, effective date 1 January 2025

Global minimum top-up tax

The Company has adopted International Tax Reform - Pillar Two Model Rules (Amendments to IAS 12) upon their release on 23 May 2023. The amendments provide a temporary mandatory exception from deferred tax accounting for the top-up tax, which is effective immediately, and require new disclosures about the Pillar Two exposure.

The mandatory exception applies retrospectively. However, because no new legislation to implement the top-up tax was enacted or substantively enacted at 31 December 2022 in any jurisdiction in which the Company, its branches and subsidiaries, its immediate holding company and its ultimate holding company operate and no deferred tax was recognised at that date, the retrospective application has no impact on the Company's financial statements.

d) Interest income and interest expense

Interest income and interest expense on financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the income statement using the effective interest rate ("EIR") method. Under this method, fees and direct costs directly attributable to loan origination, re-financing or restructuring and to certain loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest earned on loans and advances over the life of the instrument.

The EIR is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to:

The gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

The amortised cost of the financial liability.

When calculating the EIR, the Group estimates future cash flows considering all contracted terms of the financial instrument, but no future credit losses. For assets which are initially recognised as purchased or credit impaired, interest revenue is calculated through the use of a credit-adjusted effective interest rate which takes into consideration expected credit losses. A credit-adjusted EIR is the interest rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the amortised cost of a financial asset that is a purchased or originated credit-impaired financial asset.

Interest income and expense presented in the income statement includes:

Interest on financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost on an effective interest rate basis;

Interest on investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

Interest on cash balances.

The Group presents negative interest paid on interest-bearing assets as interest expense, and interest revenue received from interest-bearing liabilities as interest income.

To the extent that upfront fees are capitalised but subsequently there is a partial sell down of the related asset, the fees are released to the income statement in proportion to the amount of the asset sold down.

e) Net fee and commission income

Fee and commission income and expenses that are integral to the EIR on a financial asset or liability are included in the measurement of EIR (see Note 1(d) above).

Investment banking fees are substantially composed of underwriting and advisory revenues. Such fees are recognised at the point in time when Group's performance under the terms of a contractual arrangement is completed, which is typically at the closing of a transaction. Reimbursed expenses related to these transactions are recorded as revenue and are included within investment banking fees.

Brokerage commissions primarily include commissions and fees from the following: executing transactions for clients on exchanges and over-the-counter markets; assisting clients in clearing transactions, providing brokerage services and other such activities. Brokerage commissions are recognised in net fee and commission income at the point in time the associated service is fulfilled, generally on the trade execution date.

Custody and Fiduciary transactions are primarily composed of custody fees and fiduciary fees. The custody product is composed of numerous services related to the administration, safekeeping and reporting for both U.S. and non-U.S. denominated securities. The services offered to clients include trade settlement, safekeeping, income collection, corporate action notification, recordkeeping and reporting, tax reporting and cash management. Custody fees are recognised as or when the associated promised service is satisfied, which normally occurs at the point in time the service is requested by the customer and provided by the Group. Fiduciary fees consist of trust services and investment management services. As an escrow agent, the Group receives, safe keeps, services and manages clients' escrowed assets such as cash, securities, property (including intellectual property), contracts or other collateral. The Group performs its escrow agent duties by safekeeping the funds during the specified time period agreed upon by all parties and therefore earns its revenue evenly during the contract duration.

Transactional service fees primarily consist of fees charged for processing services such as cash management, global payments, clearing, international funds transfer and other trade services. Such fees are recognised as/when the associated service is satisfied, which normally occurs at the point in time the service is requested by the customer and provided by the Group.

Commitment fees includes commission and related servicing fees for letters of credit or other guarantee arrangements that facilitate customer financing or performance. They also include commissions and related fees on time drafts or bills of exchange (bankers' acceptances) that are drawn on the bank and have been accepted by the bank indicating an unconditional promise to honour such instruments at their maturity. The commitment fee is recognised on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

Credit and bank card income is primarily composed of interchange fees, which are earned by card issuers based on purchase sales and certain card fees, including annual fees. Costs related to customer reward programs and certain payments to partners are recorded as a reduction of credit- and bank-card income. Interchange revenues are recognised as earned on a daily basis when the Group's performance obligation to transmit funds to the payment networks has been satisfied. Annual card fees, net of origination costs, are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period. Costs related to card reward programs are recognised when the rewards are earned by the cardholders. Payments to partners are recognised when incurred.

Deposit-related fees consist of service charges on deposit accounts and fees earned from performing cash management activities and other deposit account services. Such fees are recognised in the period in which the related service is provided.

Other fee and commission income, including sales commission, placement fees and syndication fees, are recognised as the related services are performed. These fees are recorded in fee income as they are earned.

f) Net trading income and expense

Net trading income comprises all gains and losses related to trading assets and liabilities (except for fair value changes associated with own credit risk), and includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes, together with related interest, dividends and foreign exchange differences.

g) Net income on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss comprises all gains and losses related to financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, and includes realised fair value changes, together with related interest, dividends and foreign exchange differences.

h) Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established. Dividends are presented in 'Net trading income' when the dividend income has arisen from trading assets.

i) Financial assets and liabilities

Classification and Measurement

The Group classifies financial assets in line with the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9, where financial assets are classified based on both the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (known as Solely Payments of Principal and Interest or "SPPI").

Business Model Assessment

The Group's business model is determined at a level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed together to achieve a particular business objective.

There are three business models available:

Hold to collect - Financial assets held with the objective to collect contractual cash flows. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost and are recorded in multiple lines on the Group's statement of financial position.

Hold to collect and sell - Financial assets held with the objective of both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets. They are recorded as Financial assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income on the Group's statement of financial position.

Other - Financial assets that do not meet the criteria of either hold to collect, or hold to collect and sell. They are recorded as Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss on the Group's statement of financial position.

The Group's business model does not depend on management's intentions for an individual instrument (i.e. it is not an instrument-by-instrument assessment). This assessment is performed at a higher level of aggregation. The level of aggregation is at a level which is reviewed by key management personnel, enabling them to make strategic decisions for the business. The Group has more than one business model for managing its financial instruments.

The assessment of the business model requires judgment based on facts and circumstances, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors.

The Group considers all relevant evidence that is available at the date of the assessment. Such relevant evidence includes, but is not limited to:

a) How the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model are evaluated and reported to the Group's key management personnel; and

b) The risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and, in particular, the way in which those risks are managed; and

c) How managers of the business are compensated (e.g. whether the compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual cash flows collected); and

d) The frequency, volume and timing of sales in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.

Assessment of whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)

If an instrument is held in either a 'hold to collect' or a 'hold to collect and sell' business model, then an SPPI assessment is required to determine classification. For SPPI, interest is defined as consideration for the time value of money and the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a period of time. It can also include consideration for other basic lending risks (e.g. liquidity risk) and costs (e.g. administrative costs) associated with holding the financial asset for a particular period of time and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement. Other contractual features that result in cash flows that are not payments of principal and interest result in the instrument being measured at FVTPL.

Contractual terms that introduce exposure to risks or volatility in the contractual cash flows that are unrelated to a basic lending arrangement, such as exposure to changes in equity prices or commodity prices, do not give rise to contractual cash flows that meet the SPPI criteria.

The contractual cash flow test must be performed at initial recognition of the financial asset and, if applicable, as at the date of any subsequent changes to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

1. Financial Assets - Derivatives and Equity Instruments

Derivatives and in-scope equity instruments are measured at fair value, with changes reflected through the profit and loss account (FVTPL). Exceptions can only apply if the derivative is part of a hedge accounting programme.

The Group measures all equity instruments in scope of IFRS 9 at FVTPL.

The Group has made an accounting policy choice not to irrevocably elect to classify and measure non-trading equity instruments at FVOCI as all amounts recognised in OCI can never be reclassified to profit or loss.

2. Financial Assets - Debt Instruments

The following primary classification and measurement categories exist for financial assets-debt instruments:

Amortised cost;

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and

Fair value though profit or loss (FVTPL).

In addition, IFRS 9 provides special designation options for financial assets-debt instruments that are either measured at 'amortised cost' or 'FVOCI'. An entity has an option to designate such instruments at FVTPL only where this designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch.

The following paragraphs explain the classification criteria for the 3 categories in more detail.

Amortised Cost

A financial asset-debt instrument shall be classified and subsequently measured at amortised cost (unless designated under FVO) only if both of the following conditions are met:

a) Business Model test: the financial asset debt instrument is held under a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

b) SPPI test.

Recognition and Initial Measurement

The Group initially recognises loans and advances and deposits on settlement date. All other financial instruments (including regular-way purchase and sales of financial assets) are recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, typically being the transaction price, plus, for items not measured at FVTPL, transaction costs directly attributable to acquisition or issuance.

Loans and advances to banks and to customers are classified and measured at amortised cost under IFRS 9 unless they failed the business model or SPPI test.

Accounting for reverse repurchase and resale agreements

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repos) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos) do not constitute a sale (or purchase) of the underlying securities for accounting purposes and are treated as collateralised financing transactions as the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred. Under a reverse repo agreement, consideration paid is accounted for as Reverse repurchase agreement at amortised cost, unless it is designated or mandatorily at fair value through profit and loss. Under a repo agreement, consideration received is accounted for as a Repurchase agreement measured at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.

Certain reverse repos and repo transactions will be designated at FVTPL as these transactions are linked/funding the trading portfolio (financial instruments which are measured at FVTPL), therefore this election will eliminate or significantly reduce an accounting mismatch.

FVOCI

A financial asset shall be classified and measured at FVOCI (unless designated under FVO) if both of the following conditions are met:

a) Business model test: the financial asset is held under a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

b) SPPI test.

The following financial assets were classified as FVOCI as at 31 December 2022 and as at 31 December 2023:

Investment debt securities

Investment debt securities consist of government and corporate bonds. Under IFRS 9, these debt securities are classified and measured as FVOCI as they are held under a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets unless they fail the SPPI criterion.

FVTPL

Any financial instrument that does not fall into either of the above categories shall be classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss. For example, where the asset is not held within a business model whose objective is to hold to collect the contractual cash flows or within a business model whose objective is to both collect the cash flows and to sell the assets, then the asset will be classified as FVTPL. Examples include financial assets held for trading or where performance is managed within the business model on a fair value basis.

Moreover, any instrument for which the contractual cash flow characteristics do not comprise solely payments of principal and interest (that is, they fail the SPPI test) must be classified in the FVTPL category.

The following financial assets were classified and measured as FVTPL as at 31 December 2022 and as at 31 December 2023:

Trading assets

The trading book of the Group consists of all positions in financial instruments and commodities held either with trading intent or in order to economically hedge other elements of the trading book and which are free from any restrictive covenants on their tradability or are able to be hedged. Positions held with trading intent are those held intentionally for short term resale and/or with the intention of benefiting from actual or expected short term price differences between buying and selling prices or from other price or interest rate variations. The term 'positions' shall include positions arising from client servicing and market making. Trading intent is evidenced on the basis of the strategies, policies and procedures established by the Group to manage the position or portfolio.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets or using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative. Changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement. The payment and receipt of variation margin for centrally cleared derivatives that are characterised as settle-to-market are deemed as settlement of those contracts.

Hedge Accounting

The Group hedges against the risk of change in the fair value of fixed interest rate debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. The hedged risk results from changes in interest rates. In respect of hedge accounting the Group applies IAS 39. Interest rate swaps, denominated in the same currency as the hedged items, is the hedging instrument swapping the fixed interest rate for a variable interest rate. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognised in net gain/(loss) on hedge accounting in the income statement. Interest income on debt securities is recognised in net interest income. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated and qualifying as fair value hedges are recognised in the result on hedge accounting in the income statement. Interest income and interest expenses related to the interest measurement component of derivatives concluded as hedging instruments under fair value hedges are recognised in net trading income.

3. Financial Liabilities - Debt Instruments

For financial liabilities there are two measurement categories: amortised cost and fair value through profit or loss (including a fair value option category).

The Group designates financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss if one of the following exist:

The liability is managed and performance evaluated on a fair value basis;

Electing fair value will eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch; or

The contract contains one or more embedded derivatives.

For financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, fair value changes are presented as follows:

Fair value changes attributable to the Group's own credit risk are recognised in OCI; and

The remaining amount of the change in the fair value of the liability is recorded in P&L.

Upon early extinguishment (e.g., liability is repurchased before maturity), changes in own credit previously recorded in OCI will not be recycled to P&L. The OCI balance is reclassified directly to retained earnings.

4. Reclassifications

Financial asset classification is determined at initial recognition and reclassifications are expected to be extremely rare. A financial asset can only be reclassified if the business model for managing the financial asset changes. Reclassification of financial liabilities is not permitted.

5. Modifications

Financial assets

If the terms of a financial asset are modified, the Group evaluates whether the cash flows of the modified asset are substantially different. If the cash flows are substantially different, then the contractual rights to cash flows from the original financial asset are deemed to have expired. In this case, the original financial asset is derecognised and a new financial asset is recognised at fair value.

When the contractual cash flows of a financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise modified and the renegotiation or modification does not result in the derecognition of that financial asset in accordance with IFRS 9, the Group recognises a modification gain or loss in profit or loss based on the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate plus any eligible transaction costs.

As the Group classifies a financial asset at initial recognition on the basis of the contractual terms over the life of the instrument, reclassification on the basis of change of a financial asset's contractual cash flows is not permitted, unless the asset is sufficiently modified that it is derecognised.

Forbearance consists of concessions extended to any facility - in the form of a loan, a debt security as well as committed but undrawn loans - towards a debtor facing or about to face financial difficulties in meeting its financial commitments ("financial difficulties").

The granting of any forbearance measure in the Group requires a detailed assessment of the specific circumstances of the obligor including an up-to-date assessment of affordability/repayment capacity. The assessment of forbearance must consider two elements:

1. Has a concession been granted; and

2. Is the obligor facing or about to face financial difficulties?

If the Group assess that an obligor has not been granted a concession or is not facing or about to face financial difficulties then that obligor will not be classified as forborne.

Financial liabilities

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different. In this case, a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability extinguished and the new financial liability with modified terms is recognised in profit or loss.

If the modified terms are not substantially different the liability is not derecognised.

6. Offsetting

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognised amounts and it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under IFRS, or for gains and losses arising from a group of similar transactions such as in the Group's trading activity.

7. Fair Value Measurement

"Fair Value" is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date.

Fair value is therefore based on the notion of an exit price. Citi typically uses a bid/offer valuation approach, that is, a bid price for a long position or an offer price for a short position. In addition, the Portfolio Exception (IFRS 13) permits an entity to measure the fair value of a group of financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting risk on the basis of the price that would be received to sell or transfer the net open risk position (i.e. on a portfolio basis), in line with how positions are risk managed.

The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk. When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that instrument. A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an on-going basis. If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors that market participants would consider in pricing a transaction.

The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is normally the transaction price - i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received. If the Group determines that the fair value at initial recognition differs from the transaction price and the fair value is evidenced neither by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability nor based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, then the financial instrument is initially measured at fair value, adjusted to defer the difference between the fair value at initial recognition and the transaction price. Subsequently, that difference is recognised in profit or loss on an appropriate basis over the life of the instrument.

The value of a demand deposit is not less than the amount payable on demand, discounted from the first date on which the amount could be required to be paid. The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during which the change occurred.

j) Impairment of financial assets

The IFRS 9 impairment standard applies to any debt instruments measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income and also to off balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantees, including:

Investments in debt instruments measured at amortised cost. Such investments will include:

Corporate, commercial and retail loans (including mortgages and credit card receivables);

Deposits with banks; and

Reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing transactions.

Investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI);

All irrevocable loan commitments that are not measured at FVTPL;

Written financial guarantee contracts to which IFRS 9 is applied and that are not accounted for at FVTPL;

Trade receivables in the scope of IFRS 15 (Revenue contracts with customers); and

Any other receivables (e.g., brokerage receivables).

The Group shall recognise in profit or loss, as a net impairment loss or gain, the amount of expected credit losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognised.

Expected credit loss (ECL) impairment model

Credit loss allowances are measured on each reporting date according to a three-Stage expected credit loss impairment model under which each financial asset is classified in one of the stages below:

Stage 1 - Includes assets with no significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. A 12-month expected credit loss (ECL) i.e. probability-weighted estimate of credit loss, is recognized for these assets. Interest is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of the asset.

Stage 2 - Following a significant increase in credit risk relative to the risk at initial recognition of the financial asset, a loss allowance is recognised equal to the full credit losses expected over the remaining life of the asset. Interest is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of the asset.

The credit losses for financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2 are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the Group in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive).

Stage 3 - When a financial asset is considered to be credit-impaired, a loss allowance equal to the full lifetime expected credit losses will be recognised. Credit losses are measured as the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. Interest revenue is calculated based on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the loss allowance, rather than on its gross carrying amount.

Measurement of ECL

ECL are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. They are measured as follows:

Undrawn loan commitments: as the present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due to the Group if the commitment is drawn down and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive; and

Financial guarantee contracts: the expected payments to reimburse the holder less any amounts that the Group expects to recover.

Evidence that a financial asset is impaired (i.e., in Stage 3) includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group such as evidence of default, as mentioned below.

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about such events, including:

Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

A breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

The lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower's financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

It is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

The disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; and

The purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.

Within the BHW retail portfolio, objective evidence of impairment includes past due 90 days or more, termination of the contract for reasons other than a delay in the repayment of mortgage product, granting modifications to the terms of the agreement (restructuring), as a result of which the current value of cash flows falls below the book value before the modification and default contagion in line with EBA/GL/2016/07 including a number of qualitative factors (e.g. death, bankruptcy, fraud).

It may not be possible for the Group to identify a single discrete event. Instead, the combined effect of several events may have caused the financial asset to become credit-impaired.

Further, in assessing whether an investment in sovereign debt is credit-impaired, the Group considers the following factors:

The market's assessment of creditworthiness as reflected in the bond yields;

The rating agencies' assessments of creditworthiness;

The country's ability to access the capital markets for new debt issuance;

The probability of debt being restructured, resulting in holders suffering losses through voluntary or mandatory debt forgiveness; and

The international support mechanisms in place to provide the necessary support as 'lender of last resort' to that country, as well as the intention, reflected in public statements, of governments and agencies to use those mechanisms. This includes an assessment of the depth of those mechanisms and, irrespective of the political intent, whether there is the capacity to fulfil the required criteria.

The estimation of an expected credit loss (ECL) is required to be unbiased and probability weighted, including information about past events, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. The estimate also considers the time value of money.

The measurement of an ECL is primarily determined by an assessment of the financial asset's probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) where the cash shortfalls are discounted to the reporting date. For a financial asset in Stage 1, the Group will utilise a 12-month PD, whereas a financial asset within Stage 2 and Stage 3 will utilise a lifetime PD in order to estimate an impairment allowance. Key inputs into these models include historical default/loss information, risk ratings, sector, geography and facility characteristics.

Wholesale Classifiably Managed Exposures

Classifiably-managed portfolios are managed on an individual basis where the individual obligors are risk-rated. An impairment allowance will be estimated for Corporate loans utilising models depending on the relative size, quality and complexity of the portfolios.

Other Asset Approaches

For other financial assets, being short term and simple in nature and where the Group does not have access to detailed historical information due to limited loss experience, the Group applies a simplified measurement approach that may differ from what is described above. This approach leverages existing models currently used globally for stress-testing and regulatory capital reporting purposes, but incorporates specifically developed components to make the estimates compliant with IFRS 9. Types of financial assets assessed under the simplified approach include: delinquency managed exposures, cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks, vanilla reverse repo transactions, brokerage receivables and receivables from clearing houses and trade receivables. Receivables receive lifetime ECLs on day 1, as allowed under IFRS 9.

BHW Retail

ECLs for exposures within the BHW retail portfolio are calculated on the basis of statistical models for groups of assets combined in portfolios with common credit risk features (and key products include credit cards, cash loans and mortgages).

Purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI) financial assets

POCI financial assets are assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition. For POCI assets, lifetime ECL are incorporated into the calculation of the effective interest rate on initial recognition. Consequently, POCI assets do not carry an impairment allowance on initial recognition. The amount recognised as a loss allowance subsequent to initial recognition is equal to the changes in lifetime ECL since initial recognition of the asset.

Significant increase in credit risk (SICR)

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. When making this assessment, the Group considers the increase in the risk of default (both in relative terms and absolute terms) over the expected life of the financial asset. The significance of a change in the credit risk since initial recognition depends on the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition. That is, a given change in absolute terms, the risk of a default occurring will be more significant for a financial instrument with a lower initial risk of default compared to one with a higher initial risk of default. Determining whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition is based on a multifactor and holistic approach, including both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis.

Determining whether credit risk has increased significantly

The Group's approach to assessing SICR uses a combination of quantitative, qualitative, top-down and backstop criteria.

Quantitative Criteria:

As a general indicator, the credit risk of a particular exposure is deemed to have increased significantly since initial recognition if, based on the Group's quantitative modelling:

the remaining lifetime PD is greater than 20 basis points at the reporting date; and

there has been an increase in the lifetime PD between origination and the reporting date of more than one standard deviation of the lifetime PD at origination.

Qualitative Criteria:

Credit risk may also be deemed to have increased significantly since initial recognition based on qualitative factors linked to the Group's credit risk management processes that may not otherwise be fully reflected in its quantitative analysis. This will be the case for exposures that meet certain heightened risk criteria, which are placed on a watch list or classification of performing forborne exposures for regulatory reporting purposes.

Top-down Criteria:

Credit risk may also be deemed to have increased significantly since initial recognition based on top-down analysis linked to the Group's credit risk management processes that may not otherwise be fully reflected in its quantitative analysis. This can include analysis of potentially vulnerable cohorts within the portfolio (e.g. specific sectors) combined with other credit risk attributes.

Backstop Criteria:

30 Days Past Due (DPD): There is a rebuttable presumption that credit risk has significantly increased if contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. This presumption can only be rebutted if there is a reasonable and supportable information demonstrating that credit risk has not increased since initial recognition.

200% PD Increase: Exposures will be moved to stage 2 if, at the reporting date, there has been a 200% increase between the remaining lifetime PD and the origination PD.

Separate SICR criteria applies to the BHW Retail portfolio and includes 30 DPD, forbearance and a quantitative measure based on analysis of the change in PD level since initial recognition.

The Group identifies key drivers behind changes in credit risk for portfolios. Generally, a significant increase in credit risk is assessed based on the estimation of PDs and consideration of qualitative factors, each of which are designed to reflect forward-looking information, on an individual instrument basis as described above. However, if the Group identifies a key driver that is not considered in the individual assessment on a timely basis, then the Group will evaluate whether there is reasonable and supportable information that enables it to make an additional assessment on a collective basis with respect to all or some of a portfolio. This may lead to the Group concluding that a segment or proportion of a portfolio has undergone a significant increase in credit risk.

Exposures move back from Stage 2 to Stage 1 once they no longer meet the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk. If there is evidence that there is no longer a significant increase in credit risk relative to initial recognition, then the loss allowance on an instrument returns to being measured at 12-month ECL.

The Group monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify significant increases in credit risk by regular reviews to confirm that:

the criteria are capable of identifying significant increases in credit risk before an exposure is in default;

the criteria do not align with the point in time when an asset becomes 30 days past due; - the average time between the identification of a significant increase in credit risk and default appears reasonable;

exposures are not generally transferred directly from 12-month ECL measurement to credit impaired; and

there is no unwarranted volatility in loss allowance from transfers between 12-month PD (Stage 1) and lifetime PD (Stage 2).

Staging

Financial assets can move in both directions through the stages of the IFRS 9 impairment model depending on the assessment of whether there is a significant increase of credit risk since initial recognition or whether the asset is credit impaired subsequently changes.

In order to determine the ECL reporting stage for an obligation, the Group determines whether the asset is already impaired (Stage 3) or not (Stage 1 and 2). Stage 2 is determined by the existence of a significant credit deterioration (or credit improvement) compared with the credit rating at initial recognition as described in the section above. Stage 1 assets do not have significant credit deterioration compared with that at initial recognition. All newly acquired or originated financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI) are recognised in Stage 1 initially.

Changes in the required credit loss allowance, including the impact of movements between Stage 1 and Stage 2, are recorded in the income statement as an adjustment to the allowance for credit losses.

Expected life

When measuring ECL, the Group must consider the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk, including possible drawdowns and the expected maturity of the financial asset. For certain revolving credit facilities that do not have a fixed maturity, the expected life is estimated based on the period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk and where the credit losses would not be mitigated by management actions.

Financial guarantees

The Group assesses whether a financial guarantee contract held is an integral element of a financial asset that is accounted for as a component of that instrument or is a contract that is accounted for separately. If the Group determines that the guarantee is an integral element of the financial asset, then any premium payable in connection with the initial recognition of the financial asset is treated as a transaction cost of acquiring it. The Group considers the effect of the protection when measuring the fair value of the debt instrument and when measuring ECL. Benefits of the credit mitigants are recorded against impairment losses.

If the Group determines that the guarantee is not an integral element of the debt instrument, then it recognises an asset representing any prepayment of guarantee premium and a right to compensation for credit losses. These assets are recognised in 'other assets'. The cost of the credit mitigants are recorded within other expenses and amortised over the period of protection. Recoveries are recognised as other income.

Stage 3 definition of default

The definition of default is aligned to the CRR Article 178 definition of default and is consistent with that used for internal credit risk management purposes for the relevant financial instrument. The definition of default used for this purpose is applied consistently to all financial instruments unless information becomes available that demonstrates another default definition is more appropriate for a particular financial instrument. There was no change to the Group definition of default during the year ending 2023.

As per European Central Bank (ECB) guidance, the Group classifies an exposure as a Non-Performing Exposure (NPE) if it satisfies either or both of the following criteria:

There are material exposures which are more than 90 days past-due; and/or

The obligor is assessed as unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full without realisation of collateral, regardless of the existence of any past-due amount or of the number of days past due.

NPE include defaulted exposures, impaired exposures and loans on probation that have not yet satisfied the exit criteria in line with EBA guidance to return to performing. Therefore, all NPEs are defaulted in the Group and vice versa.

Under the Group's definition of default an exposure is considered defaulted and is classified as Stage 3 where an obligor is greater than 90 days past due on any material credit obligation or is otherwise assessed as unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security.

Counting of days past due commence where any amount of principal, interest or fee has not been paid on the due date.

The Group has mandated certain indications of unlikely to pay events to result in mandatory default classification including material exposures greater than 90 days past due, specific credit adjustment, sale of credit obligation, distressed restructure and bankruptcy of obligor.

The Group has also mandated certain other financial and non-financial unlikely to pay events to trigger a case-by-case assessment of the Borrower in order to determine default.

All defaulted exposures will have an Internal Obligor Risk Rating of 8, 9, or 10 (individually and portfolio managed obligors only).

Forward-Looking Information and multiple economic scenarios

Estimates must consider information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts around future events and economic conditions. The application of forward-looking information (FLI) requires significant judgment. The Group has developed models that include multiple economic scenarios which consider the variability and uncertainty in expected losses including factors such as GDP growth rates and unemployment rates, provided by the economists in Citi's Global Country Risk Management (GCRM). These estimates are based on portfolio data that reflect the current risk attributes of obligors and debt instruments combined with loss projections derived from the rating migration, PD and loss models built for estimating stress credit losses for wholesale portfolios. As mentioned above, these models have incorporated specifically developed components to make the estimates compliant with IFRS 9. The PD, LGD and EAD models are calibrated to the observed historical patterns of defaults and losses over several years and linked to economic drivers. The model reflects different loss likelihood and loss severity as a function of different economic forecasts. The Group does not use the best case or worst case scenario, but assesses a representative number of scenarios (3 when applying a sophisticated approach and where multiple scenarios are deemed to have a material non-linear impact) and probability weights these scenarios to determine the ECL.

Presentation of the allowance of ECL in the statement of financial position

Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

Financial assets measured at amortised cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the asset

Loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts: as a provision

Debt instruments measured at FVOCI: as the carrying amount of these financial assets is at fair value, no loss allowance is recognised in the statement of financial position, however, the loss allowance is recognised in the income statement and the fair value reserve.

Write-off of loans and advances

Loans (and the related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are recorded against Net impairment gain/(loss) in the income statement.

k) De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets are derecognised when the right to receive cash flow from assets has expired or the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership or, in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership but it does not retain control of the financial asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of (i) the consideration received and (ii) any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profit or loss.

l) Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

If the basis for determining the contractual cash flows of a financial asset or financial liability measured at amortised cost changed as a result of interest rate benchmark reform, then the Group updates the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by the reform.

A change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required by interest rate benchmark reform if the following conditions are met:

The change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform; and the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis.

When changes were made to a financial asset or financial liability in addition to changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate benchmark reform.

The Group first updated the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by interest rate benchmark reform. After that, the Group applied the policies on accounting for modifications to the additional changes.

m) Leases

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The following process is followed when determining if a contract is, or contains a lease:

Identified Asset - An asset is typically identified by being explicitly specified in a contract. However, an asset also can be identified by being implicitly specified at the time that the asset is made available for use;

The Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use;

The Group has the right to direct how and for what purpose the identified asset is used throughout the period of use;

The Group has the right to operate the asset throughout the period of use without the supplier's having the right to change those operating instructions; and

The Group designed the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose the asset will be used throughout the period of use.

The Group recognises a ROU asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The ROU asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset, less any incentives received.

ROU assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on a straightline basis. The Group recognises, on the statement of financial position, a ROU asset and corresponding lease liability in relation to the office buildings where the Group is a lessee.

Further, the ROU asset is assessed for impairment losses at each reporting period and adjusted for certain remeasurements in the lease liability.

The Group has elected not to recognise ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases of low value assets and short term leases.

Payments associated with short term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as other expenses in the income statement. Short term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee's incremental borrowing rate ("IBR") is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Group would have to pay to borrow on a collateralised basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise of the following:

Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at commencement date; and

Amounts expected to be payable under a residual guarantee.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The lease liability is remeasured to reflect changes in lease payments caused by a change in index or rate (other than in floating interest rates) if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase, extension or termination option, if there is a change in the amount the Group is expected to pay under a residual value guarantee. Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

n) Property and equipment

Items of property and equipment, including freehold and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (see below). Depreciation is provided to write off the cost, less the estimated residual value of each asset, on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

Freehold buildings 50 years
Leasehold property lease term
Leasehold improvements shorter of lease term and 10 years
Vehicles, furniture and equipment between 1 and 10 years

Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

o) Intangible assets

Goodwill

Acquired goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of a business' net identifiable assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Computer software

Expenditure on internally developed software is recognised as an asset when the Group is able to demonstrate its intention and ability to complete the development and use the software in a manner that will generate future economic benefits, and can reliably measure the costs to complete the development. The capitalised cost of internally developed software includes all internal and external costs directly attributable to developing the software and are amortised over its useful life.

Amortisation is charged to the income statement and presented in the other expenses line using the methods that best reflect the economic benefits over their estimated useful economic lives and residual values which are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. The estimated useful lives are as follows.

Acquired computer software licenses 3 - 5 years
Computer software development 1 - 10 years

Other intangibles - Client intangibles

Intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Other intangibles relate to client intangibles that are identifiable assets and are initially recognised at their present value based on cash flow forecasts on acquired contractual rights over customer relationships.

Amortisation is charged to the income statement and presented in the other expenses line using the methods that best reflect the economic benefits over their estimated economic lives and residual values which are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. The estimated useful lives are as follows.

Client intangibles 3 - 5 years

p) Impairment of non-financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that its goodwill and intangible assets, property and equipment including right-of-use assets and investments in subsidiaries are impaired. These non-financial assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstance indicate that they might be impaired. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement within Other expenses.

q) Income taxes

Income tax payable on profits is recognised as an expense based on the applicable tax laws in each jurisdiction in the period in which profits arise. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry-forward are recognised as a deferred tax asset if it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any.

The Group considers an uncertain tax position to exist when it considers that ultimately, in the future, the amount of profit subject to tax may be greater than the amount initially reflected in the Group's tax returns.

A current tax provision is recognised when it is considered probable that the outcome of a review by a tax authority of an uncertain tax position will alter the amount of cash tax due to, or from, a tax authority in the future. From recognition, the current tax provision is then measured at the amount the Group ultimately expects to pay the tax authority to resolve the position.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for taxable and deductible temporary differences between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be suitable profits available against which these differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the asset will be realised or the liability will be settled based on tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Current and deferred taxes are recognised as an income tax benefit or expense in the income statement.

Global minimum top-up tax

As at 31 December 2023, the governments of Ireland and CEP branches jurisdictions 2 have enacted or substantively enacted new legislation to implement the global minimum top-up tax ("Pillar 2 rules"). The Company expects to be subjected to the Pillar 2 rules in Ireland and the branches jurisdictions. The Companies' subsidiaries, including, Handlowy-Leasing Sp. z o.o., Bank Handlowy w Warszawie S.A., Handlowy -Inwestycje Sp. z o.o. and Handlowy Financial Services Sp. z o. o., in Poland are also expected to be subjected to Pillar 2 rules. From 2024, the Company expects the top-up tax to arise in relation to its operations in both Ireland and Bulgaria. However, since the newly enacted tax legislation in these jurisdictions only come into effect in year 2024, there is no impact for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Based on the Company's initial assessment, if the Pillar 2 rules had been applied in 2023, no top-up tax would arise in respect of any of the branches or the subsidiaries, other than CEP's operations in Ireland and Bulgaria. However, due to the ongoing legislative and interpretative developments at the OECD and jurisdictional level, and changes in business activities and capital structure within the Citigroup Inc. MNE Group, the Company considers the expected Pillar 2 top-up tax exposure for the Company is not reasonably estimable as of the reporting date. Assessment to date was only made in respect of the relevant Qualified Domestic Minimum Top-up Tax and Income Inclusion Rule in Ireland and branch or subsidiary jurisdictions. The undertaxed profits rule applies in Ireland for accounting periods starting from 31 December 2024. Any potential impact of the undertaxed profits rule will be assessed in due course, taking account of Irish and international legislative and interpretative developments in the intervening period.

Temporary mandatory relief from the deferred tax accounting

The Company has applied a temporary mandatory relief from deferred tax accounting for the impacts of the top-up tax and accounts for it as current tax when it is incurred.

r) Levies

Levies are imposed by governments on the Group in accordance with the legislation, other than income taxes, fines or other penalties that are imposed for breach of the legislation. The Group recognises a liability to pay a levy on the date identified by the legislation that triggers the obligation. Levies are recorded under other administrative expenses in the Group's income statement.

2 Including Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, excluding Poland.

s) Foreign currencies

The Group's financial statements are prepared in US Dollars, which is the presentation currency of the Group. Various branches and subsidiaries use a different functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates.

Foreign currency revenues, expenses, gains and losses are recorded using the rate of exchange at the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the year end spot exchange rates. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency that are classified as "FVTPL" are translated into the functional currency using the year end spot rate. Non-monetary assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency that are not measured at fair value, have been translated at the relevant historical exchange rates. Any gains or losses on exchange are taken to the income statement as incurred. Foreign currency differences which arise from the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations to the extent that the hedge is effective are recognised in OCI.

The assets and liabilities of overseas branches are translated into the Group's presentation currency (US Dollars) at the rate of exchange as at the reporting date, and their income statements are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognised in OCI and accumulated in the translation reserve in equity, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to non-controlling interest.

t) Employee benefits

Defined benefit plans

The Group participates in and continues to operate defined benefit pension schemes for employees in Greece, Netherlands, Belgium, Spain, Austria, Ireland, France, Italy, Germany, Norway and Poland. Staff do not make contributions for basic pensions. The net liability recognised in the statement of financial position is the actuarially calculated present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial position date, less the fair value of the plan assets.

The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

When the fair value of the plan assets exceeds the calculated defined benefit obligation for a plan, the surplus recognised in the statement of financial position is restricted to the economic benefits available to the Group. Any material plan amendments or curtailments occurring during the period result in a past service cost being recognised in the income statement. Material settlements are also recognised in the income statement. When a past service cost or settlement occurs part way through the year the pension expense for the remainder of the year is remeasured to reflect market conditions at the time of the event.

Remeasurement gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income. For defined benefit obligations, the current service cost and any past service costs are included in the income statement within operating expenses and the interest income on pension scheme assets, net of the impact of the interest cost on the pension scheme liabilities, is included within personnel expenses.

A surplus is recognised on the statement of financial position where an economic benefit is available as a reduction in future contributions or as a refund of monies to the Group.

Defined contribution plans

The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. The Group's annual contributions are charged to the income statement in the period to which they relate. The pension scheme's assets are held in separate trustee administered funds.

Short term benefits

Short term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A provision is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under a short term cash bonus scheme if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of the offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognised as part of a restructuring programme, if the Group has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

u) Share based incentive plans

The Group participates in a number of Citigroup share-based incentive plans under which Citigroup grants shares to the Group's employees. Pursuant to a separate Stock Plans Affiliate Participation Agreement (SPAPA), the Group makes a cash settlement to Citigroup for the fair value of the share-based incentive awards delivered to the Group's employees under these plans.

The Group uses equity-settled accounting for its share-based incentive plans, with separate accounting for financial liabilities reflecting its associated obligations to make payments to Citigroup. The Group recognises the fair value of the awards at grant date as a compensation expense over the vesting period with a corresponding credit to the intercompany payable (recharge liability) to Citigroup. All amounts paid to Citigroup and the associated obligation under the SPAPA are recognised in the equity reserve over the vesting period. Subsequent changes in the fair value of all unexercised awards and the SPAPA are reviewed annually and any changes in value are recognised in the equity reserve, again over the vesting period.

For Citigroup's share-based incentive plans that have a graded vested period, each "tranche" of the award is treated as a separate award. Where a plan has a cliff vest the award only has a single "tranche". The expense is recognised over the vesting period.

% of expense recognised
Vesting Period of Award Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4
2 Years (2 Tranches) 75% 25% -% -%
2 Years (1 Tranche) 50% 50% -% -%
3 Years (3 Tranches) 61% 28% 11% -%
3 Years (1 Tranche) 33% 33% 33% -%
4 Years (4 Tranches) 52% 27% 15% 6%
4 Years (1 Tranche) 25% 25% 25% 25%

However, employees who meet certain age plus years of service requirements (retirement eligible employees) may terminate active employment and continue vesting in their awards provided they comply with specified noncompete provisions. The cost of share based incentive plans are recognised over the requisite service period. For awards granted to retiree eligible employees, the services are provided prior to grant date, and subsequently the costs are accrued in the year prior to the grant date.

v) Accounting for government grants

The Group recognises income from government grants when there is reasonable assurance that it will receive the grant and will comply with the conditions attached to the grant. Depending on their nature, grants are presented as part of profit or loss under 'Other income'; or alternatively, they are deducted in reporting the related expense.

w) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with original maturity of less than three months, including: non-restricted and restricted cash balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills and loans and advances to banks.

x) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle a current legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

y) Subsidiary undertakings

Shares in subsidiary undertakings, comprising unlisted securities, are measured at cost less allowance for impairment.

z) Common control transactions

The Group accounts for business combinations between entities under common control at book value.

aa) Discontinued operation

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group's business that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations that meets the definition of criteria to be classified as held for sale.

The results of discontinued operations have been disclosed separately as a single amount in the income statement for the relevant periods presented, comprising the post-tax profit or loss of discontinued operations and the posttax gain or loss recognised on measurement to fair value less costs to sell.

ab) Fiduciary activities

The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. In acting in this capacity, the Group has concluded that it acts as an agent, therefore such assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

ac) Basis of consolidation

i. Common Control Transaction

A business transferred from a parent entity to a subsidiary or between entities under common control will result in the net assets being transferred at carrying value. This means that the net assets of the acquiree will be accounted for by CEP (the acquirer) at the book value recorded in the acquiree, as at the date of the transfer.

Any difference between the transaction price and the carrying value of the business' net assets transferred, is recognised in equity within the Merger Reserve. No new goodwill or intangibles are created and no profit or loss is generated on the common control transaction.

ii. Subsidiaries

'Subsidiaries' are entities controlled by the Group. The Group 'controls' an entity if it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Group reassesses whether it has control if there are changes to one or more of the elements of control. This includes circumstances in which protective rights held (e.g. those resulting from a lending relationship) become substantive and lead to the Group having power over an investee.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

iii. Non-controlling interests

NCI are measured initially at their proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition.

Changes in the Group's interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

iv. Loss of control

When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related NCI and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

v. Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses (except for non-eliminating foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated.

2. Use of assumptions and estimates

The results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. The accounting policies used in the preparation of the financial statements are described in detail in Note 1.

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected.

When preparing the financial statements, it is the Directors' responsibility to select suitable accounting policies and to make judgments and estimates that are reasonable. The accounting policies that are deemed critical to the Group's IFRS results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the policy is applied, or which involve a high degree of judgment or estimation are:

Significant Judgements

The significant judgements made by the Group in applying its accounting policies are set out below. The application of certain of these judgements also necessarily involves estimations which are discussed separately.

Impairment of loans;

Secondary Loan trading - Regular way or Non - regular way.

Impairment of loans

The Group's accounting policy for the Impairment of Loans is described in Note 1(j) - 'Principal accounting policies'.

Judgements are applied in estimating the impairment loss which should be recorded in the income statement.

Accounting judgements which could change and have a material influence on the quantum of impairment loss allowance and net impairment charge within the next financial year include determining if Group management adjustments may be necessary to impairment model outputs to address impairment model limitations or late breaking events.

Other key accounting judgements which materially influence the quantum of impairment loss allowance and net impairment charge within the next financial year, include:

the Group's criteria for assessing if there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition such that a loss allowance for lifetime rather than 12 month ECL is required;

the selection of appropriate methodologies and model factors for internal risk rating and impairment models;

selection of the most relevant macroeconomic variables for particular portfolios and determining associations between those variables and model components such as PD and LGD;

the selection of impairment model parameters; and

post-model adjustments to impairment loss allowance and staging classification.

Please refer to Note 1(j) for inputs, assumptions and estimating techniques for impairment of loans. Impairments are discussed and presented further in Note 23 - 'Risk management'.

Secondary Loan trading - Regular way or Non - regular way

A regular-way transaction is a purchase or sale of a financial asset under a contract whose terms require delivery of the asset within the time frame established generally by regulation or convention in the marketplace concerned. Following a review of the appropriateness of regular-way classification, the Group concluded that the period between trade date and settlement date for secondary loan trading should be deemed as non-regular-way as it is difficult to establish a consistent convention or timeframe based on actual trade and settlement data observed in the marketplace. Whether a secondary loan trade is considered regular-way or non-regular-way is a matter of judgment and the Group believes that accounting for such transactions as non-regular-way will provide more relevant and reliable financial information.

Critical accounting estimates

The accounting estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year were in relation to:

Impairment of loans;

Valuation of financial instruments.

Impairment of loans

The Group's accounting policy for the Impairment of financial assets is described in Note 1(j) - 'Principal accounting policies'

The calculation of the ECL allowance is complex and therefore the Group must consider large amounts of information in their determination. This process requires significant use of estimates and assumptions, some of which by their nature, are highly subjective and very sensitive to risk factors such as changes to economic conditions. Changes in the ECL allowance can materially affect net income. Certain of these estimates may have a significant risk of material adjustment to carrying amounts of assets within the next financial year.

The key estimates and assumptions that the Directors have used in determining the ECL allowance are set out in Note 23 - 'Risk management'. The sensitivity of key assumptions is set out in Note 23 to the financial statements.

Valuation of financial instruments

The fair values of financial instruments that are not quoted in active markets are determined by using valuation techniques. To the extent practical, models use only observable data and where this is not possible may be required to make estimates. Note 25 - 'Financial assets and liabilities - Valuation process for Level 3 Fair Value Movements' further outlines the approach to valuation of financial instruments and market value adjustments.

A sensitivity analysis to possible changes in key variables of the fair value of financial instruments classified under the fair value hierarchy as level 3 is set out in Note 25.

3. Net interest income

Group Company
Financial assets at amortised cost 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1,669 350 1,657 350
Loans and advances to banks 489 119 455 119
Loans and advances to customers 1,702 531 1,638 529
Negative interest on financial liabilities 9 43 9 43
3,869 1,043 3,759 1,041
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Investment securities 312 127 255 127
312 127 255 127
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method 4,181 1,170 4,014 1,168
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Deposits by banks (276) (94) (274) (93)
Customer accounts (1,304) (198) (1,270) (198)
Negative interest on financial assets (19) (30) (19) (30)
Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method (1,599) (322) (1,563) (322)
Other interest expense
Other liabilities (900) (260) (894) (259)
Other interest expense (900) (260) (894) (259)
Interest expense (2,499) (582) (2,456) (581)
Net interest income 1,682 588 1,558 587

4. Net fee and commission income

Group Company
Fee and commission income 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Investment banking 23 30 23 30
Brokerage commissions 259 176 186 176
Custody and Fiduciary transactions 396 370 390 370
Transactional service fees 481 432 481 432
Commitment fees 197 162 192 162
Credit and bank card 93 71 90 71
Deposit-related fees 96 84 95 84
Other 39 43 37 43
1,584 1,368 1,494 1,368
Fee and commission expense
Clearing and settlement (104) (101) (104) (101)
Custody (90) (84) (90) (84)
Other (67) (43) (67) (43)
Net fee and commission income (261) (228) (261) (228)
1,323 1,140 1,233 1,140

Included in fee and commission income are fees earned by the Group on fiduciary activities where the Group holds assets on behalf of its customers. This fee income totalled $18 million in 2023 (2022: $18 million).

5. Net trading income

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Derivatives 429 (17) 433 (17)
Debt securities (59) 509 (32) 508
Loans and advances 17 (23) 17 (23)
387 469 418 468

6. Net investment income

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Net gain/(loss) on FVOCI investment securities 20 (6) 28 (6)
Equity securities 55 48 50 48
75 42 78 42

7. Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Financial instruments 8 22 8 22
8 22 8 22

Financial instruments predominantly include loans designated at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has elected the fair value option for certain loans, where the economic risks are hedged with derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps or total return swaps. The Group has elected the fair value option to mitigate accounting mismatches in cases where hedge accounting is complex and to achieve operational simplifications.

8. Net gain/(loss) on hedge accounting

Group Company
Fair value hedge accounting 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Net gain/(loss) on hedged transaction valuation 9 - - -
Net gain/(loss) on hedging transaction valuation (10) - - -
Hedge accounting income/(expense) (1) - - -

9. Other operating income

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Intercompany recoveries 873 744 876 744
873 744 876 744

A significant portion of expenses within the Group originate from services provided by the Citi Solution Centre (CSC) to other Citi entities, both globally and regionally. These costs are allocated out to businesses and legal entities based on a number of drivers. All of these transfer pricing agreements are reviewed regularly for appropriateness. These recoveries are recognised in other operating income.

10. Auditor's remuneration

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Audit fee 1.4 1.0 1.4 1.0
Other assurance 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.3
Tax advisory services - - - -
Other non-audit services - - - -
1.8 1.3 1.8 1.3

Additional fees paid to other KPMG member firms outside Ireland for services include local audit fees of $1.7 million (2022: $1.4 million) (of which $1 million were the offices in the Group audit and $0.8million (2022: $0.8 million) were to offices involved in the statutory audit of the Company), other assurance fees of $0.9 million (2022: $0.3 million), tax advisory fees of $nil (2022: $nil) and any other non-audit service fees of $nil (2022: $0.06 million).

11. Personnel expenses

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year was 16,833 (2022: 12,644). This comprises 16,640 Direct Staff Full Time and 193 Direct Staff Part-time.

The following table shows the average number of employees by function for 2023 and 2022:

Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
Other operations * 10,454 7,452 8,320 7,452
Banking * 688 467 525 467
Markets * 310 212 227 212
Services * 4,847 4,102 4,395 4,102
Wealth * 534 411 534 411
Total number of staff 16,833 12,644 14,001 12,644

* The Company related headcount allocation has changed and the headcount is reclassified due to the restructuring and the implementation of new managed segments.

"Other operations" relates primarily to Operation and Technology and Management function headcount which are based in the Group's Solution Centres.

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Wages and salaries 1,140 880 1,114 880
Social security costs 113 90 109 90
Share based payment expenses 31 36 31 36
Pensions and post retirement benefits 43 38 41 38
Restructuring costs 50 11 50 11
Total personnel expenses 1,377 1,055 1,345 1,055

The Group operates 23 (2022: 20) defined contribution schemes across its branches. In addition, the Group also operates 11 (2022: 13) defined benefit schemes. In 2023 contributions of $33 million (2022: $38 million) were made to the schemes. For more details, please refer to Note 15.

12. Directors' emoluments

Group and Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
Directors' emoluments are as follows:
For qualifying services 3 3
Long term incentive scheme - -
Pension schemes
- Defined contribution scheme - -
3 3

As of 31 December 2023 retirement benefits were accruing to two directors (2022: two).

13. Other expenses

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Research and development - 3 - 3
Depreciation 54 39 48 39
Amortisation 21 17 18 17
Communications and technology 270 200 266 200
Contractors 49 47 47 47
Levies and regulatory charges 83 56 83 56
Premises 44 26 41 26
VAT 69 38 68 38
Travel & Entertainment 12 10 12 10
Other administrative expenses 265 169 247 168
867 605 830 604

14. Tax on profit

(a) Analysis of tax charge in the year:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Current tax:
Corporate tax on profits of the period (376) (191) (359) (191)
Adjustments in respect of corporation tax for earlier years (6) - (5) -
Deferred tax:
Current year deferred tax (16) (53) (12) (53)
Total corporate tax (398) (244) (376) (244)

Reconciliation of effective tax rate:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Profit before tax 2,141 1,275 2,061 1,274
Total profit before tax 2,141 1,275 2,061 1,274
Corporate tax at Irish corporation tax rate of 12.5% (268) (159) (258) (159)
Effects of:
Taxes paid in foreign jurisdictions (100) (30) (100) (30)
Foreign profits taxed at different rates (6) - - -
Deferred tax adjustments - (26) - (26)
Permanent differences (18) - (13) -
Prior year adjustment (6) (29) (5) (29)
Total corporate tax expense (398) (244) (376) (244)

15. Retirement benefit obligation

The Group participates in locally operated defined benefit and defined contribution schemes for its European branches. In some of the European countries employers pay contributions towards the state pension scheme. The Group fulfils its duties in this regard as required by local statute. Across the Group, various countries participate in defined contribution schemes.

Employer contributions to the defined benefit schemes in 2023 were $11 million (2022: $34 million). The Group expects to make contributions of approximately $11.5 million in 2024. The defined benefit obligation includes benefits for current employees, former employees and current pensioners. The weighted average duration of the obligation is 14.6 years (2022:14.6 years), in case of Bank Handlowy the weighted average duration of the obligation is 13.7 years (2022: 13.3 years). The main plans provide benefits related to salary close to retirement or earlier withdrawal from service.

There were no material amendments, curtailments and settlements within the Group and the Company during 2023 and 2022.

The amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are determined as follows:

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Present value of funded defined benefit obligation (437) (377) (413) (377)
Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation (12) (11) (12) (11)
Total defined benefit obligation (449) (388) (425) (388)
Fair value of plan assets 314 286 314 286
Unrecognised asset due to impact of asset ceiling (7) (3) (7) (3)
Net liability recognised on the statement of financial position (Note 33) (142) (105) (118) (105)

Defined benefit schemes in deficit of $156 million are recognised within Other liabilities of the Group. This is offset by $14 million of defined benefit schemes in surplus.

The unfunded deficit is kept under review by the Directors on an ongoing basis.

The analysis of the income statement charge is as follows:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Operating costs:
Current service cost 3 5 3 5
Administration expenses 2 2 2 2
Financing costs:
Interest cost on defined benefit obligations 14 6 14 6
Interest income on scheme assets (10) (4) (10) (4)
Expense recognised in other expenses 9 9 9 9
Expense recognised in other expenses for continuing operations 9 9 9 9

The changes to the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year are as follows:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Opening defined benefit obligation (387) (589) (387) (589)
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy (21) - - -
Exchange rate adjustments (14) 35 (14) 35
Current service cost (3) (5) (3) (5)
Interest cost on defined benefit obligations (14) (6) (14) (6)
Remeasurement gain due to changes in financial assumptions (19) 175 (17) 175
Remeasurement loss due to changes in demographic assumptions - (3) - (3)
Remeasurement loss due to changes in liability experience (6) (10) (6) (10)
Net benefits paid out 15 15 15 15
Net increase in liabilities from acquisitions 1 - 1 -
Closing defined benefit obligation (448) (388) (425) (388)

The changes to the fair value of plan assets during the year are as follows:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Opening fair value of plan assets 285 361 285 361
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - -
Exchange rate adjustments 10 (22) 10 (22)
Interest income on plan assets 11 4 11 4
Return on plan assets excluding interest income 16 (75) 16 (75)
Contributions by the employer 11 34 11 34
Net benefits paid out (15) (15) (15) (15)
Administration costs incurred (2) (2) (2) (2)
Net increase in assets from disposals/ acquisitions (2) 1 (2) 1
Settlements - (1) - (1)
Closing fair value of plan assets 314 285 314 285

The actual return on plan assets is as follows:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Interest income on plan assets 11 4 11 4
Remeasurement of plan assets excluding interest 15 (75) 15 (75)
Total return on plan assets 26 (71) 26 (71)

The interest income on scheme assets is set using the discount rate assumption. In 2023, there was an increase in asset values leading to a remeasurement gain of $15 million (2022: loss of $75 million).

The analysis of amounts recognised outside the income statement, and disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income are as follows:

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Remeasurement (loss)/gain on scheme liabilities
Remeasurement (loss)/gain due to changes in financial assumptions (19) 175 (17) 175
Remeasurement loss due to changes in demographic assumptions - (3) - (3)
Remeasurement loss due to changes in liability experience (6) (10) (6) (10)
Remeasurement loss due to impact of the asset ceiling (3) (3) (3) (3)
Total remeasurement (loss)/gain on scheme liabilities (28) 159 (26) 159
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on plan assets 15 (75) 15 (75)
(Loss)/gain on remeasurement of defined benefit liability/asset (13) 84 (11) 84

The assumptions which have the most significant effect on the results of the valuation are those relating to the discount rate on scheme liabilities and mortality assumptions. The future life expectancy of scheme members is a key assumption. However, mortality assumptions are expected to vary from country to country, due to variations in underlying population mortality as well as in variations of the profile of typical membership of the Group and Company's pension scheme. In regards of the Company, the average life expectancy of an individual retiring at age 65 is 22.7 (2022:22.3) for males and 24.9 (2022:23.2) for females, and in regards of Bank Handlowy the average life expectancy of an individual retiring at age 65 is 15.3 (2022: 14) for males and 19.4 (2022:18.4) for females.

Through its defined benefit pension plan, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

The possibility that bond yields will change which will affect the size of the obligations and the level of pension cost.

The possibility that asset returns will be lower than expected.

The risk of changes in mortality rates as the majority of the Group's defined benefit obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the liabilities.

As the Greek pension plan is integrated with Greek social security, any further amendments to the Greek Social Security Pension could potentially lead to higher benefits under the plan and thus to additional obligations and costs for the Group.

The financial weighted average assumptions used in calculating the liabilities are as follows:

Company
2023 2022
Discount rate for assessing scheme liabilities 3.30% 3.70%
Future salary increases 3.50% 3.50%
Rate of increase for pensions in payment 2.10% 2.40%
Inflation rate assumption 2.10% 2.50%
Bank Handlowy
2023 2022
Discount rate for assessing scheme liabilities 5.40% 6.50%
Future salary increases - in first year 7.50% 0.00%
Future salary increases - after first year 4.50% 6.00%
Inflation rate assumption 2.10% 2.50%

The fair values of the plan assets are as follows:

Group and Company
2023 2022
$m $m $m $m
Total fair value Of which not quoted in active market Total fair value Of which not quoted in active market
Equities 76 - 73 -
Property - - - -
Government bonds 95 - 82 -
Corporate bonds 79 - 67 -
Other 64 4 64 5
Total fair value of assets 314 4 286 5

The key assumption used for IAS 19 is the discount rate although the results are also sensitive, but to a lesser extent to the other assumptions. If different assumptions were used, there could be a material effect on the results disclosed. The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in one assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

The sensitivity of key assumptions used to value the obligation is as follows:

Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
Effect of decreasing the discount rate assumption by 1% on liabilities (67) (59)
Effect of increasing the discount rate assumption by 1% on liabilities 54 50
Effect of increasing the pension increase rate by 1% on liabilities (24) (22)
Effect of decreasing the pension increase rate by 1% on liabilities 20 18
Effect of increasing the salary increase rate by 1% on liabilities (5) (4)
Effect of decreasing the salary increase rate by 1% on liabilities 4 3
Effect of participants living one extra year than expected on liabilities (11) (11)
Bank Handlowy
2023
$m
2022
$m
Effect of decreasing the discount rate assumption by 1% on liabilities 3 2
Effect of increasing the discount rate assumption by 1% on liabilities (2) (1)
Effect of increasing the salary increase rate by 1% on liabilities 3 2
Effect of decreasing the salary increase rate by 1% on liabilities (2) (1)

Future benefits expected to be paid from pension plans are as follows:

Group and Company
2024
$m
2025
$m
2026
$m
2027
$m
2028
$m
2029 2033
$m
Expected benefit payments 20 18 19 19 20 423

16. Notes to the statement of cash flows

a) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances, maturing within three months.

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Cash on hand and balances with central banks 36,360 30,138 36,086 30,138
Other demand deposits 9,118 2,780 9,254 2,776
Expected credit loss (2) (3) (2) (3)
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 32,915 45,338 32,911
Loans and advances to banks with maturity less than 3 months 220 553 187 553
Reverse repurchase agreements to banks with maturity less than 3 months 13,146 11,046 9,306 11,046
58,842 44,514 54,831 44,510

b) Expected credit loss - Cash and cash equivalents

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 32,918 27,483 - - - -
New assets originated or purchased 14,724 9,870 8 - - -
Acquisition of BHW 187 - 3 - - -
Asset derecognised or matured (2,332) (4,435) (30) - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (44) - 44 - - -
At 31 December 45,453 32,918 25 - - -
Group
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 32,918 27,483
New assets originated or purchased 14,732 9,870
Acquisition of BHW 190 -
Asset derecognised or matured (2,362) (4,435)
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
At 31 December 45,478 32,918

There were no exposures and movements reported under IFRS 9 Stage 3 for cash and cash equivalents.

Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 3 1 - - - -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 2 - - - -
Acquisition of BHW - - - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (2) - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (1) - 1 - - -
At 31 December 1 3 1 - - -
Group
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 3 1
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 2
Acquisition of BHW - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (2) -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
At 31 December 2 3
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 32,914 27,483 - - - -
New assets originated or purchased 14,737 9,867 8 - - -
Asset derecognised or matured (2,290) (4,436) (29) - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (44) - 44 - - -
At 31 December 45,317 32,914 23 - - -
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 32,914 27,483
New assets originated or purchased 14,745 9,867
Asset derecognised or matured (2,319) (4,436)
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
At 31 December 45,340 32,914
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 3 1 - - - -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 2 - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (2) - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (1) - 1 - - -
At 31 December 1 3 1 - - -
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 3 1
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 2
Exposure derecognised or matured (2) -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
At 31 December 2 3

There were no ECL movements reported under IFRS 9 Stage 3 for cash and cash equivalents. The ECL in relation to loans and advances to banks with maturity less than 3 months is disclosed in Note 21.

c) Change in liabilities arising from financing activities

Group and Company
Subordinated liabilities
2023
$m
2022
$m
Opening balance at 1 January 4,455 4,773
Non-cash movements 175 (318)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities 3,852 -
Closing balance at 31 December 8,482 4,455

17. Trading assets

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Government bonds 7,101 8,556 7,013 8,556
Corporate bonds 114 1 2 1
Loans 643 1,338 638 1,338
7,858 9,895 7,653 9,895

18. Derivative financial instruments

Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Notional amount Fair value Notional amount Fair value
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
Derivatives held for trading 3,384,698 29,075 28,980 2,018,355 22,347 22,844
Derivatives held for risk management 816 2 24 - - -
Total 3,385,514 29,077 29,004 2,018,355 22,347 22,844
Derivatives held for trading
Foreign exchange 927,577 11,822 12,443 755,341 11,544 11,331
-OTC 927,577 11,822 12,443 755,341 11,544 11,331
Interest rate 2,441,550 16,912 15,670 1,235,871 10,458 10,837
-OTC 2,425,932 16,912 15,670 1,235,871 10,458 10,837
- Organised market 15,618 - - - - -
Equity 3,212 10 554 4,091 87 421
-OTC 3,212 10 554 4,091 87 421
Credit 12,225 300 282 22,715 257 254
Commodity 134 31 31 337 1 1
Total 3,384,698 29,075 28,980 2,018,355 22,347 22,844
Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Notional amount Fair value Notional amount Fair value
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
Derivatives held for risk management
Instrument type:
Interest Rate Swap 816 2 24 - - -
Total 816 2 24 - - -
Company
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Notional amount Fair value Notional amount Fair value
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
Derivatives held for trading 3,309,816 28,061 28,132 2,018,355 22,347 22,844
Total 3,309,816 28,061 28,132 2,018,355 22,347 22,844
Derivatives held for trading
Foreign exchange 898,596 11,215 11,992 755,341 (7,046) (7,159)
-OTC - - - 755,341 (7,046) (7,159)
Interest rate 2,395,773 16,552 15,302 1,235,871 29,047 29,327
-OTC 2,389,408 16,552 15,302 1,235,871 29,047 29,327
- Organised market 6,365 - - - - -
Equity 3,212 10 554 4,091 87 421
-OTC 3,212 10 554 4,091 87 421
Credit 12,225 282 282 22,715 258 254
Commodity 10 2 2 337 1 1
Total 3,309,816 28,061 28,132 2,018,355 22,347 22,844

19. Investment securities

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
FVOCI investment securities
Government bonds 11,500 7,661 8,488 7,661
Corporate bonds 5,504 1,241 1,088 1,241
Total 17,004 8,902 9,576 8,902
Investment securities at amortised cost
Debt securities 254 - - -
Total 254 - - -
FVTPL investment securities
Equity securities 232 170 196 170
Total investment securities 17,490 9,072 9,772 9,072

Expected credit loss - Investment securities

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 1
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 8,902 7,387 8,902 7,387
New assets originated or purchased 4,313 1,687 1,454 1,687
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 5,413 - - -
Asset derecognised or matured (1,370) (172) (780) (172)
At 31 December 17,258 8,902 9,576 8,902

There were no exposures and movements reported under IFRS 9 Stage 2 and 3 for investment securities.

Group Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 1
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 3 3 3 3
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 - - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 1 - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - - -
At 31 December 5 3 3 3

There were no ECL movements reported under IFRS 9 Stage 2 and 3 for investment securities.

20. Reverse repurchase agreements

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost 14,346 11,902 10,457 11,902
Expected credit loss (2) - (2) -
Total 14,344 11,902 10,455 11,902
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL 1,540 10,274 1,540 10,274
Total reverse repurchase agreements 15,884 22,176 11,995 22,176
Group Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 1
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 11,902 13,057 11,902 13,057
New assets originated or purchased 2,825 1,780 1,054 1,780
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 3,922 - - -
Asset derecognised or matured (4,303) (2,935) (2,499) (2,935)
At 31 December 14,346 11,902 10,457 11,902
Group Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 1
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - - -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 2 - 2 -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - - -
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - - -
Amounts written off - - - -
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December 2 - 2 -

21. Loans and advances to banks and customers

The total carrying amounts in this table include loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers. See table below for split by category.

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Loans and advances to banks measured at amortised cost
Gross exposure 2,532 2,438 2,576 2,438
Expected credit loss (3) (12) (3) (12)
2,529 2,426 2,573 2,426
Loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost
General governments 352 260 351 260
Corporations 21,487 17,980 18,567 17,918
Retail customers 2,909 1,068 1,295 1,068
Expected credit loss (250) (157) (113) (157)
24,498 19,151 20,100 19,089
Loans to customers held at fair value 567 602 567 602
25,065 19,753 20,667 19,691

Retail customers are in relation to the Private Bank and Bank Handlowy's Consumer business.

Expected credit loss - Loans and advances to banks

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 2,221 1,017 216 49 1 3
New assets originated or purchased 473 1,514 195 112 - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 19 - 14 - - -
Asset derecognised or matured (404) (223) (202) (31) (1) (3)
Transfers to Stage 1 - 16 - (16) - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (58) (102) 58 102 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (1) - - - 1
Amounts written off - - - - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 2,251 2,221 281 216 - 1
Group
Exposure Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January - - 2,438 1,069
New assets originated or purchased - - 668 1,626
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 33 -
Asset derecognised or matured - - (607) (257)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Amounts written off - - - -
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December - - 2,532 2,438
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 2 1 4 2 6 1
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - 5 1 1 - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) - (3) - (5) -
Transfers to Stage 1 - 1 - - - (1)
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (3) - - - 3
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - (1) 1 2 - 4
Amounts written off - - - - - (2)
Other movements - (1) (1) (1) (1) 1
At 31 December 1 2 2 4 - 6
Group
ECL Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - 12 4
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - - 1 6
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - (9) -
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - 1 5
Amounts written off - - - (2)
Other movements - - (2) (1)
At 31 December - - 3 12
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 2,221 1,017 216 49 1 3
New assets originated or purchased 501 1,514 195 112 - -
Asset derecognised or matured (369) (223) (188) (31) (1) (3)
Transfers to Stage 1 - 16 - (16) - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (58) (102) 58 102 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (1) - - - 1
Amounts written off - - - - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 2,295 2,221 281 216 - 1
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 2,438 1,069
New assets originated or purchased 696 1,626
Asset derecognised or matured (558) (257)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Amounts written off - -
Other movements - -
At 31 December 2,576 2,438
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 2 1 4 2 6 1
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - 5 1 1 - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) - (3) - (6) -
Transfers to Stage 1 - 1 - - - (1)
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (3) - - 3
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - (1) - 2 - 4
Amounts written off - - - - - (2)
Other movements - (1) - (1) - 1
At 31 December 1 2 2 4 - 6
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 12 4
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 6
Exposure derecognised or matured (10) -
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - 5
Amounts written off - (2)
Other movements - (1)
At 31 December 3 12

Expected credit loss - Loans and advances to Wholesale customers

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 14,650 14,207 3,172 1,442 417 304
New assets originated or purchased 8,008 4,373 657 1,306 - 8
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 4,608 - 285 - 32 -
Asset derecognised or matured (8,841) (2,935) (716) (368) (426) (89)
Transfers to Stage 1 1,902 584 (1,804) (555) (98) (29)
Transfers to Stage 2 (561) (1,356) 561 1,382 - (26)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (219) (243) (33) 243 252
Amounts written off (3) (4) (4) (2) (3) (3)
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 19,763 14,650 1,908 3,172 165 417
Group
Exposure Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January - - 18,239 15,953
New assets originated or purchased - - 8,665 5,687
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 3 - 4,928 -
Asset derecognised or matured - - (9,983) (3,392)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Amounts written off - - (10) (9)
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December 3 - 21,839 18,239
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 21 11 74 75 54 61
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 10 14 30 30 - 22
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 5 - 7 - 8 -
Exposure derecognised or matured (13) (1) (23) (10) (12) (4)
Transfers to Stage 1 24 62 (18) (40) (6) (22)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1) (2) 1 2 -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (1) (21) (3) 21 4
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (16) (22) 2 18 5 16
Amounts written off - - (1) - (3) (3)
Other movements (5) (40) (3) 2 (10) (20)
At 31 December 25 21 48 74 57 54
Group
ECL Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - 149 147
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - - 40 66
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 20 -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - (48) (15)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - (9) 12
Amounts written off - - (4) (3)
Other movements - - (18) (58)
At 31 December - - 130 149
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 14,588 14,072 3,172 1,442 417 304
New assets originated or purchased 7,425 4,373 598 1,306 - 8
Asset derecognised or matured (6,219) (2,862) (626) (368) (428) (88)
Transfers to Stage 1 1,885 584 (1,787) (555) (98) (29)
Transfers to Stage 2 (330) (1,356) 330 1,382 - (26)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (219) (238) (33) 238 251
Amounts written off (3) (4) (4) (2) (3) (3)
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 17,346 14,588 1,445 3,172 126 417
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 18,177 15,818
New assets originated or purchased 8,023 5,687
Asset derecognised or matured (7,273) (3,318)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (1)
Amounts written off (10) (9)
Other movements - -
At 31 December 18,917 18,177
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 20 11 73 75 54 61
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 9 14 27 29 - 22
Exposure derecognised or matured (13) (1) (21) (10) (25) (4)
Transfers to Stage 1 24 61 (18) (40) (6) (22)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1) (2) 1 2 -
Transfers to Stage 3 - (1) (21) (3) 21 4
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (14) (22) 2 18 14 16
Amounts written off - - (1) - (3) (3)
Other movements (6) (40) (4) 2 (11) (20)
At 31 December 19 20 38 73 44 54
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 147 147
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 36 65
Exposure derecognised or matured (59) (15)
Transfers to Stage 1 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance 2 12
Amounts written off (4) (3)
Other movements (21) (58)
At 31 December 101 147

Expected credit loss - Loans and advances to Retail customers

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 966 1,481 101 6 - -
New assets originated or purchased 715 181 52 6 - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 1,087 - 259 - 91 -
Asset derecognised or matured (338) (599) (25) (7) - -
Transfers to Stage 1 52 - (52) - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (73) (97) 73 96 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 (5) - (10) - 15 -
Amounts written off - - (4) - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 2,405 966 394 101 106 -
Group
Exposure Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January - - 1,067 1,487
New assets originated or purchased 1 - 768 187
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 4 - 1,441 -
Asset derecognised or matured - - (363) (606)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Amounts written off - - (4) -
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December 5 - 2,910 1,067
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 4 2 6 - - -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 4 5 - - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 8 - 15 - 70 -
Exposure derecognised or matured (2) (1) (2) - (4) -
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (1) (1) 1 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (1) - - 5 9 -
Amounts written off - - - - (1) -
Other movements 1 - 2 - 9 -
At 31 December 10 4 27 6 83 -
Group
ECL Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - 10 2
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - - 6 4
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 93 -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - (8) (1)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - 8 5
Amounts written off - - (1) -
Other movements - - 12 -
At 31 December - - 120 10
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 967 1,481 101 6 - -
New assets originated or purchased 244 181 19 6 - -
Asset derecognised or matured (11) (598) (25) (7) - -
Transfers to Stage 1 48 - (48) - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 (40) (97) 40 96 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - - - -
Amounts written off - - - - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 1,208 967 87 101 - -
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 1,068 1,487
New assets originated or purchased 263 187
Asset derecognised or matured (36) (605)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Amounts written off - -
Other movements - -
At 31 December 1,295 1,068
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 4 2 6 - - -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 1 4 5 1 - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) (1) - - - -
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - (1) - 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - (1) 4 - -
Amounts written off - - - - - -
Other movements (1) - (1) - - -
At 31 December 3 4 9 6 - -
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 10 2
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 6 5
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) (1)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (1) 4
Amounts written off - -
Other movements (2) -
At 31 December 12 10

22. Other assets

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022 *
$m
Receivables and Prepayments 3,737 3,777 3,616 3,777
Margin account receivables 6,294 6,335 5,826 6,335
Retirement receivable 14 16 14 16
Other balances 80 55 27 55
10,125 10,183 9,483 10,183

Other balances represent receivables due and other financial assets recorded.

* Certain captions for comparatives have been updated for presentation purposes only.

Expected credit loss - Other assets

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 4,749 6,841 - - 4,749 6,841
New assets originated or purchased 1,435 2,444 118 - 1,553 2,444
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 98 - 5 - 103 -
Asset derecognised or matured (2,194) (4,532) - - (2,194) (4,532)
Transfers to Stage 1 (92) - 92 - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - - - -
Amounts written off - (4) - - - (4)
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 3,996 4,749 215 - 4,211 4,749
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 2 - - - 2 -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - 2 1 - 1 2
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - - - - -
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) - - - (1) -
At 31 December 1 2 1 - 2 2
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 4,749 6,841 - - 4,749 6,841
New assets originated or purchased 1,420 2,444 114 - 1,534 2,444
Asset derecognised or matured (2,331) (4,532) - - (2,331) (4,532)
Transfers to Stage 1 (92) - 92 - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - - - -
Amounts written off - (4) - - - (4)
Other movements - - - - -
At 31 December 3,746 4,749 206 - 3,952 4,749
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 2 - - - 2 -
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - 2 1 - 1 2
Exposure derecognised or matured (1) - - - (1) -
At 31 December 1 2 1 - 2 2

There were no exposures and movements reported under IFRS 9 Stage 3 for other assets.

23. Risk management

23.1. Risk management mission, organisation and governance

Risk governance and risk management frameworks

The Group has a comprehensive risk governance framework in place to provide oversight of the Group's monitoring and management of risks, ensuring that the risk profile is well documented and pro-actively managed at all levels of the organisation, so that the Group's financial strength is safeguarded. The framework applies to the Group in its entirety, including all subsidiaries, businesses, functions and geographies that give rise to risk exposure in the Group.

Risk governance at the Group is cascaded in line with the risk frameworks through risk policies and standards, which describe how the Group identifies, measures, mitigates, monitors and reports material risks. This ensures transparent lines of responsibility and accountability for the core risk governance processes performed by the Group.

Risk management oversight is conducted as described in the Directors' Report corporate governance section starting from page 9.

The Board approves the Strategy, the Risk Plan, and the outcome of the Risk Identification & Assessment process annually and sets the overall level of risk appetite in pursuit of the Group's strategy. The Board Risk Committee ('BRC') is a sub-committee of the Board and is governed by terms of reference approved by the Board. The BRC has responsibility for the oversight and advice to the Board on risk related matters including the current risk exposures of the Group and future risk strategy. The BRC monitors risk trends and reviews the level of resourcing and capabilities required to ensure governance standards are met. The BRC oversees Independent Risk Management and provides recommendations to the Board on risk related matters including material risks identified through the Risk Identification & Assessment process.

Lines of defence

The Group uses a Lines of Defence model as a key component to manage its risks. The Lines of Defence model brings together risk taking, risk oversight, and risk assurance under one umbrella. It also provides an avenue for risk accountability of those units that create risk ("First Line of Defence"), a construct for effective challenge by Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management ("Second Line of Defence") and empowers independent risk assurance by Internal Audit ("Third Line of Defence"). Additionally, the company has Enterprise Support Functions.

Each Line of Defence and Enterprise Support Functions are empowered to perform their relevant risk management processes and responsibilities in order to manage the Group's risks in a consistent and effective manner.

The Group's business lines, CSC, Operations & Technology and Finance (the first line of defence) owns the risks and associated controls inherent in, or arising from, the execution of their business activities and is responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling, and reporting those risks consistent with Citi's strategy, mission, value proposition, leadership principles and risk appetite. The First Line of Defence is also subject to the oversight and challenge of Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management.

The Group's independent control functions (second line of defence), comprising of Independent Risk Management and Independent Compliance Risk Management, establishes risk and control policies and actively manages and oversees aggregate risk categories across Citi, including risks that span categories, such as concentration risk.

The Group's Internal Audit function is the third line of defence. The purpose, authority and responsibility of the Internal Audit function is defined by the Internal Audit Charter, which is reviewed and approved annually by the Audit Committee. Internal Audit is an independent function that supports the organisation's business objectives and evaluates the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.

Enterprise support functions that include Human Resources and Legal and do not meet the definition of the First Line of Defence, Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management or Internal Audit. Any activities carried out by the First Line of Defence within enterprise support functions remain subject to challenge by Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management.

BHW also use a Lines of Defence model as a key component to manage its risks. In BHW, the 2LOD also includes functions such as Finance, HR and Legal.

Independent Risk Management

Independent Risk Management acts as a strong independent partner of the business to support effective risk management across all risks to which the Group is exposed in a manner consistent with the Group's risk appetite.

The Group CRO reports to the Group CEO. The CRO has frequent, direct and independent access to the Board and the BRC. The Group's Independent Risk Management maintains appropriate representation on all the Group's management committees and other governance forums as appropriate. The CRO reports on the risk profile of the Group on an ongoing basis to the Risk Management Committee ('RMC'), BRC and Board.

The Group aims to ensure that Independent Risk Management employees possess the appropriate expertise, stature, authority and independence and are empowered to make decisions and escalate issues.

Risk Management Framework

The Group has in place comprehensive, documented risk management frameworks policies and standards to support the management of the material risks identified for its activities and ensure accountability through its lines of defence model.

The Group Risk Management Framework is an overarching risk governance framework, based on sound principles of good risk governance and management and on guidance issued by regulatory authorities. The Risk Management Framework outlines the risk governance structure, the core governance processes and roles and responsibilities.

Formalised risk management frameworks by material risk type codify the processes and practices involved in the management of risk in the Group. The purpose of these risk frameworks is to clearly set out:

the principles of sound risk management for each material risk type;

lines of authority and risk responsibility, including roles and membership of both management and risk committees, with the responsibility to monitor adherence to frameworks policies and standards;

how the risk is governed under the lines of defence approach;

supporting processes.

The Board approves the Strategy, the Risk Plan, and the outcome of the Risk Identification & Assessment process annually and sets the overall level of risk appetite in pursuit of the Group's strategy. The Board Risk Committee ('BRC') is a sub-committee of the Board and is governed by terms of reference approved by the Board. The BRC has responsibility for the oversight and advice to the Board on risk related matters including the current risk exposures of the Group and future risk strategy. The BRC monitors risk trends and reviews the level of resourcing and capabilities required to ensure governance standards are met. The BRC oversees Independent Risk Management and provides recommendations to the Board on risk related matters including material risks identified through the Risk Identification & Assessment process.

Lines of defence

The Group uses a Lines of Defence model as a key component to manage its risks. The Lines of Defence model brings together risk taking, risk oversight, and risk assurance under one umbrella. It also provides an avenue for risk accountability of those units that create risk ("First Line of Defence"), a construct for effective challenge by Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management ("Second Line of Defence") and empowers independent risk assurance by Internal Audit ("Third Line of Defence"). Additionally, the Group has Enterprise Support Functions.

Each Line of Defence and Enterprise Support Functions are empowered to perform their relevant risk management processes and responsibilities in order to manage the Group's risks in a consistent and effective manner.

The Group's business lines, CSC, Operations & Technology and Finance (the first line of defence) owns the risks and associated controls inherent in, or arising from, the execution of their business activities and is responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling, and reporting those risks consistent with Citi's strategy, mission, value proposition, leadership principles and risk appetite. The First Line of Defence is also subject to the oversight and challenge of Independent Risk Management / Independent Compliance Risk Management.

The Group's independent control functions (second line of defence), comprising of Independent Risk Management and Independent Compliance Risk Management, establishes risk and control policies and actively manages and oversees aggregate risk categories across Citi, including risks that span categories, such as concentration risk.

Risk appetite

The Group's risk appetite statement is the formal articulation of the aggregate levels and types of risk that the Group is willing to accept or avoid in order to achieve its strategic objectives. It includes qualitative statements and supporting metrics.

The risk appetite statement is core in aligning overall corporate strategy, capital allocation, and risk. It aims to support business growth whilst constraining any excessive accumulation of risk in the Group's risk profile.

Independent Risk Management reviews and reports adherence to the Board-approved Risk Appetite on a regular basis to the RMC, Executive Committee ('ExCo'), BRC and the Board.

The BRC recommends the approval of the Group Risk Appetite Statement to the Board on an annual basis, or ad-hoc as required.

Following the acquisition of Bank Handlowy w Warszawie (BHW), Group's RAS will cover the consolidated entity (CEP and BHW), albeit some metrics will remain at company level to comply with regulations.

Core risk governance process

Appropriate processes and tools are in place to manage, measure and actively mitigate risks taken by the Group. Independent Risk Management ensures that key risks are identified, managed, reported, and monitored effectively by executing the following processes:

Risk identification and assessment process which identifies and assesses risk exposures, concentrations and positions, both quantitative and qualitative, identified as the most significant risks to the Group, and how these risks are monitored and mitigated;

Assessing and challenging the Group's 3-year strategic plan and providing a report outlining the results of that challenge to the Board on an annual basis;

Enabling Board review and approval of the Group's risk appetite statement on an annual basis. This articulates the amount of risk which the Board is prepared to tolerate in pursuit of its strategy;

Adopting policies that establish standards, risk limits, and policy adherence processes;

Stress testing and ensuring appropriate shocks and models are used to assess the Group's material risks;

Documenting an annual, Board-approved independent risk management plan which outlines key deliverables which support and enhance risk management. Progress against the plan is tracked and reported to the BRC on an ongoing basis; and,

Monitoring the Group's branch network to ensure all branches are operating in line with the Risk Management Framework.

Stress testing

Stress testing is integrated into the Group's risk management processes and supports business strategic decisions

The stress test programme:

Supports bottom-up and top-down stress testing, including reverse stress-testing;

Is a flexible platform that enables modelling of a wide variety of stress tests across business lines and risk types;

Draws data from across the organisation, as needed; and,

Enables intervention to adjust assumptions.

Sensitivity analysis supports ongoing risk monitoring by risk teams as appropriate. It is performed at regular intervals dependent on internal and regulatory requirements. The Group utilises scenario analyses, which are both dynamic and forward looking.'Scenarios appropriately impact all material risk types, risk factors and specific vulnerabilities relevant to the Group. Reverse stress testing is used to assess its business model vulnerabilities and is appropriate to the nature, size and complexity of its business and the risks it bears.

Risk Monitoring & Reporting

Independent Risk Management complete ongoing monitoring of the risk environment which enables a comprehensive set of reports to be produced. Following CEP's 75% acquisition of BHW, Independent Risk Management reports are on a solo and / or consolidated basis as required and look to ensure Management, relevant Committees and the Board appropriately assess and understand the key risks facing the Group, facilitating proactive management and oversight:

Detailed reports on Risk exposures covering all material risks are sent to the BRC and Board at each sitting;

Transparent, and rigorous reporting on exposures and concentrations by risk area are sent to Risk Committees; and,

Monthly adherence to the Group RAS reports are sent to Management to ensure that the Group risk taking remains consistent with the limits set by the Board.

The Group uses a global Citi risk reporting system to monitor credit and market risk exposure. The Group uses both systems and processes to monitor operational risk, the output of which is consolidated to provide an operational risk profile.

23.2. Credit risk

Definition

Credit risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from the decline in credit quality (or downgrade risk) or failure of a borrower, counterparty, third party or issuer to honor its financial or contractual obligations.

The Group manages two broad distinct categories of Credit Risk - Retail Credit Risk and Wholesale Credit Risk. Retail and Wholesale credit risk are components of credit risk, as defined in Citi's Enterprise Risk Management Framework and consistent with the Citi Risk Taxonomy, and includes Retail Credit Risk ('RCR'), Wholesale Lending Credit Risk ("WLCR"), and Counterparty Credit Risk ("CCR").

Retail Credit Risk Definition: Retail Credit Risk is the risk of loss resulting from the decline in credit quality (or downgrade risk) or failure of a borrower, counterparty, third party or issuer to honour its financial or contractual obligations. Retail Credit Risk is associated with Citi's individuals or small business borrowers or counterparties.

WLCR Definition: Wholesale Lending Credit Risk is the risk of loss resulting from the decline in credit quality (or downgrade risk) or failure of an institutional or commercial borrower, counterparty, third party, issuer or high-net-worth individual to honour its financial or contractual obligations.

CCR Definition: Counterparty Credit Risk is the risk of loss resulting from the decline in credit quality (or downgrade risk) or failure of a counterparty to honour its financial or contractual obligations.

Governance and Organisation

The Credit risk management framework, approved by the Board, provides the holistic outline of how credit risk is managed, establishes standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling credit risk in the Group and sets responsibilities across all lines of defense. As part of the Credit Risk Management Framework, the following Committees perform an oversight role for credit risk related items:

Board Risk Committee

Executive Committee

Risk Management Committee

Credit Portfolio Review Group

Impairment Working Group

New Activity Committee

The Group has put in place Standards and Procedures which further articulate how credit risk is managed, monitored and measured across the various businesses within the Group. In addition to these Standards, the Group also adheres to relevant Citigroup wide Policies, Standards and Procedures.

In line with the above framework, the Group has a credit portfolio monitoring and reporting process. the Group's credit risk profile is monitored by the Risk Management Committee and supported by the Credit Portfolio Review Group. Additionally, frequent updates on the Credit Risk profile in the Group are shared with the Group's Board Risk Committee and the Group's Board.

The Head of Credit Risk reports directly to the Group's CRO and is responsible for second line of defence oversight and management of the credit risk portfolio in the Group.

Risk measurement

The Group sets its credit risk appetite in line with its business model and strategy with specific limits established to monitor adherence to risk appetite. Adherence to these limits is monitored by the business and relevant credit risk team on an ongoing basis and reported to the Credit Portfolio Review Group, Risk Management Committee and Board Risk Committee.

To manage the credit risk profile and limit concentration risk, credit risk limits are also set for each counterparty, establishing the maximum acceptable level for each one. Credit risk management may adjust limits at any time considering the latest events and support risk mitigation strategies.

Credit quality

The Group uses an internal risk rating system that accurately and reliably differentiates between degrees of credit risk for classifiably managed exposures. To differentiate among degrees of credit risk, the Group must be able to make meaningful and consistent distinctions among credit exposures along two dimensions (i) default risk -obligors are assigned to rating grades that approximately reflect likelihood of default, and (ii) loss severity rating grades (or loss given default estimates) that approximately reflect the loss severity expected in the event of default during economic downturn conditions.

The Internal Obligor Risk Rating (ORR) represents the probability that an obligor will default within a one-year time horizon. Risk ratings for obligors are assigned on a scale of 1 to 10, with sub-grades, where "1" is the best quality risk and "7" is the worst for obligors that are not in default. ORRs of "8" to "10" are assigned to obligors meeting the definition of default: i.e. the obligor is either 90 days past due on material exposure to the Group and/or the Group considers the obligor unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security (if held), collecting against a guarantee, filing a claim against the insurer, or other forms of support.

Obligors assigned ORR of "4-" and better are considered Investment Grade obligors, which have low default risk based on their strength and capacity to meet financial commitments.

The ORR is derived using a rating methodology model. The methodology considers both qualitative and quantitative inputs whilst also considering expert risk judgement. All ORRs must be reviewed annually, at a minimum, and when new information is expected to have a meaningful impact on the credit quality of the obligor or facilities to the obligor.

ORRs are a key input into the determination of the term structure of wholesale PDs. The Group collects performance and default information about its credit risk exposures, analysed by geography and sector. The Group utilises statistical models to analyse this data and generate estimates of PD and how these are expected to change as a result of the passage of time.

For retail credit exposures, The Group uses scoring models developed on the basis of the history of behaviour of the Group's customers. Such models analyse the behaviour of customers in the Credit Information Bureau, own data as well as customer demographics. The quality of performance of scoring models is reviewed on an ongoing basis and monitored annually. As a result, modifications are made in the model or the credit policy. Credit risk of the retail credit portfolio is measured based on dedicated scoring models and reporting techniques including an analysis of ratios for new customers and existing portfolios with and without impairment.

Impairment and provisioning under IFRS

Provisions required against all financial instruments (such as cash, loans, investment securities and trade receivables) recorded at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, are derived using the three stage IFRS 9 ECL model.

Stage 1 includes assets with no significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. A 12-month expected credit loss (ECL) i.e. probability-weighted estimate of credit loss is recognised for these assets.

Stage 2 includes assets that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, but the exposure is not yet credit-impaired. A lifetime ECL is recognised.

Stage 3 includes instruments deemed to be credit impaired. A lifetime ECL is recognised for model calculations. Individual impairment assessments are undertaken for certain other material Stage 3 exposures to derive provisions.

Impairment/expected credit losses oversight

The Group estimates ECLs on a quarterly basis. ECLs are presented at the Impairment Working Group (IWG) jointly chaired by the Group Financial Controller and the Group Head of Credit Policy & Remedial Management for review and recommendation for Risk Management Committee (RMC) to approve.

Incorporation of forward-looking information

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both the assessment of whether the credit risk of an instrument has increased significantly since its initial recognition and the measurement of ECL. Three economic scenarios are formulated, which are prepared by Citi's Enterprise Scenarios Group: a base case, which is the central scenario, developed internally based on consensus forecasts, and two less likely scenarios, one upside (or optimistic) and one downside (or pessimistic) scenario. Scenarios are refreshed on a quarterly basis.

In developing its IFRS 9 models, key drivers are identified such as credit risk and credit losses based on the sector, product and geography characteristics attaching to each financial instrument, using analysis of historical data to estimate relationships between the identified macro-economic drivers and credit risk and credit losses, using more than 20 years of historical loss data.

Key drivers include GDP growth, unemployment rates, and other macro indicators including- equity indices. Citi estimates each economic driver for credit risk over the forecast period followed by a reversion to a long run averages.

The table below provides key GDP and unemployment macroeconomic assumptions used in the base, optimistic and pessimistic scenarios (as produced by Citi's Enterprise Scenarios Group) over a 3-year forecast period for four of CEP's largest geographies by credit exposures.

Group
Country Macro-economic Variable Optimistic Base
2024 2025 2026 2024 2025
France GDP growth 2.1 2.8 0.9 1.2 1.6
Unemployment rate 6.6 6.6 7.0 7.2 6.9
United States GDP growth 2.7 4.4 1.1 0.8 2.2
Unemployment rate 3.8 3.2 3.4 4.3 4.2
Germany GDP growth 2.1 2.8 0.8 1.4 1.5
Unemployment rate 4.6 4.6 4.3 5.5 5.2
Euro Area GDP growth 2.1 2.8 0.9 1.0 1.6
Unemployment rate 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.7 6.7
Group
Country Base Pessimistic
2026 2024 2025 2026
France 1.5 (3.4) 2.5 2.9
7.3 9.6 9.2 9.0
United States 2.1 (2.7) 3.9 2.6
4.1 7.3 6.4 5.9
Germany 1.4 (3.4) 2.5 2.7
4.8 7.1 6.8 6.1
Euro Area 1.4 (3.4) 2.5 2.8
6.7 9.1 8.8 8.4

The assumptions represent the absolute percentage unemployment rates and year-on-year percentage change for GDP.

The scenarios are refreshed on a quarterly basis to include up to date actual data and to reflect changes in outlook. Given the scope of Citi's business activity, the quarterly scenarios produced for ECL calculation are global in nature. The probability weightings applied in measuring ECL are also reviewed quarterly and are shown below for the current and previous year-end. The difference in weights observed between 2022 and 2023 primarily reflect changes in the macroeconomic outlook.

Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Scenario Optimistic Base Pessimistic Optimistic Base Pessimistic
Probability Weight 8% 61% 31% 9% 59% 32%

The BHW retail portfolio is subject to a different IFRS9 model and macro-economic scenarios, due to the nature of the portfolio in terms of product mix and geographic basis. ECLs for exposures within the BHW retail portfolio are calculated on the basis of statistical models for groups of assets combined in portfolios with common credit risk features (and key products include credit cards, cash loans and mortgages). Key macroeconomic variables used in modelling ECLs are Poland's unemployment rate (BAEL) and the annual amendment of WIG index.

After applying the above weights, the models produced a combined ECL of $329 million (31 December 2022: $241 million). In addition to the modelled ECL, management overlays of $24 million were included, of which details are provided in the next section.

Sensitivity of ECL to future economic conditions and management overlays

The ECL estimation is sensitive to judgements and assumptions made regarding formulation of forward-looking scenarios and how such scenarios are incorporated into the calculations. The Group conducted analysis on selected macro-economic variables based on the Wholesale portfolio to illustrate the sensitivity of modelled ECLs to changes in macro-economic assumptions. 4 scenarios were executed: +1% and -1% shock to GDP growth rates and +1% and -1% shock to unemployment levels. The GDP growth rate sensitivity analysis indicates changes in ECLs of between -$11 million and + $12 million. The unemployment sensitivity analysis indicates changes in ECLs of between -$6 million and + $6 million 3.

In addition to the macro-economic variables, IFRS 9 ECL estimation is sensitive to many other drivers incorporated into its calculation including factors such as the credit quality, product, sector, geographic distribution, collateral and tenor. The IFRS 9 model ECL also takes into account a number of qualitative factors including concentration, collateralization and other external considerations. Finally, the Group may include management overlays as a post model adjustment to capture, among other things, idiosyncratic risk events and model limitations.

Credit quality and tenor characteristics of the Group portfolio are of particular importance in limiting the level of ECL sensitivity. At 31 December 2023, almost 96% (31 December 2022: 94%) of the portfolio was in Stage 1.

The IFRS 9 calculation incorporates three probability-weighted scenarios to produce a combined loss allowance. The table below shows the individual loss allowance for each scenario (Base, Optimistic and Pessimistic) calculated using the year-end stage profile. The loss allowance figures exclude management overlays.

Group
31 December 2023
Optimistic
$m
Base
$m
Pessimistic
$m
Loss allowance 250 267 471

Total ECLs at 31 December 2023 were $353 million (31 December 2022 : $300 million), including total management overlays of $24 million (31 December 2022: $59 million).

The management overlays included at year-end 2023 reflect a number of considerations not directly included in the IFRS9 models including an overlay to reflect the best estimate of ECLs due to anticipated changes in the risk ratings process to assess country risk ($13 million) and an $8 million overlay for the BHW retail portfolio relating to model back testing results.

The reduction in overlays over the course of 2023 is primarily due to the release of the overlay related to potential energy supply issues.

3 Analysis excludes individually assessed stage 3 obligors.

Risk exposure

A breakdown of the total credit exposure including commitments are as follows:

Group
31 December 2023
Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position
Maximum exposure
$m
Netting and set-off
$m
Cash collateral
$m
Non-cash collateral
$m
Net exposure
$m
On-balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 - - - 45,476
Trading assets 7,858 - - - 7,858
Derivative financial instruments 43,815 (14,740) (135) (407) 29,075
Investment securities 17,490 - - - 17,490
Loans and advances to banks 2,529 - - - 2,529
Loans and advances to customers 25,065 - - (2,213) 22,852
Reverse repurchase agreements 22,073 (6,189) (688) (14,239) 957
Other assets 10,125 - - - 10,125
174,431 (20,929) (823) (16,859) 136,362
Off-balance sheet:
Letters of credit 16,878 - - - 16,878
Undrawn commitments to lend 39,555 - - - 39,555
Other commitments and guarantees 751 - - - 751
57,184 - - - 57,184
Group
31 December 2022
Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position
Maximum exposure
$m
Netting and set-off
$m
Cash collateral
$m
Non-cash collateral
$m
Net exposure
$m
On-balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 32,915 - - - 32,915
Trading assets 9,895 - - - 9,895
Derivative financial instruments 40,931 (18,584) (57) - 22,347
Investment securities 9,072 - - - 9,072
Loans and advances to banks 2,426 - - - 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 19,753 - - (1,016) 18,737
Reverse repurchase agreements 25,199 (3,023) - (11,904) 10,272
Other assets 10,183 - - - 10,183
150,374 (21,607) (57) (12,920) 115,847
Off-balance sheet:
Letters of credit 15,424 - - - 15,424
Undrawn commitments to lend 28,780 - - - 28,780
Other commitments and guarantees 2,360 - - - 2,360
46,564 - - - 46,564
Company
31 December 2023
Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position
Maximum exposure
$m
Netting and set-off
$m
Cash collateral
$m
Non-cash collateral
$m
Net exposure
$m
On-balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 45,338 - - - 45,338
Trading assets 7,653 - - - 7,653
Derivative financial instruments 42,236 (14,175) (76) (407) 28,061
Investment securities 9,772 - - - 9,772
Loans and advances to banks 2,573 - - - 2,573
Loans and advances to customers 20,667 - - (565) 20,102
Reverse repurchase agreements 18,184 (6,189) (685) (10,371) 939
Other assets 9,483 - - - 9,483
155,906 (20,364) (761) (11,343) 123,921
Off-balance sheet:
Letters of credit 16,148 - - - 16,148
Undrawn commitments to lend 35,762 - - - 35,762
Other commitments and guarantees 729 - - - 729
52,639 - - - 52,639
Company
31 December 2022
Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position
Maximum exposure
$m
Netting and set-off
$m
Cash collateral
$m
Non-cash collateral
$m
Net exposure
$m
On-balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 32,911 - - - 32,911
Trading assets 9,895 - - - 9,895
Derivative financial instruments 40,931 (18,584) (57) - 22,347
Investment securities 9,072 - - - 9,072
Loans and advances to banks 2,426 - - - 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 19,691 - - (1,016) 18,675
Reverse repurchase agreements 25,199 (3,023) - (11,904) 10,272
Other assets 10,183 - - - 10,183
150,308 (21,607) (57) (12,920) 115,781
Off-balance sheet:
Letters of credit 15,424 - - - 15,424
Undrawn commitments to lend 28,780 - - - 28,780
Other commitments and guarantees 2,360 - - - 2,360
46,564 - - - 46,564

The maximum exposure amounts of the financial assets disclosed in the table above are the carrying values recorded on the statement of financial position with the exception of derivative financial instruments and reverse repurchase agreements. Derivatives and reverse repos carrying value in the statement of financial position are calculated by deducting the eligible netting exposure which qualify for netting under IAS32 from the maximum exposure. Cash and non-cash collateral does not impact the carrying value in the statement of financial position.

Collateral held by the Group for securing loan transaction includes:

Financial collateral such as marketable securities;

Physical collateral such as property and equipment, furniture and fixtures, shipping vessels; and

Other types of lending collateral such as trading receivables.

Collaterals are rated by Moody's rating agency between AAA and AA3, and there have been no significant changes in the quality of the collaterals during the reporting period.

The credit quality of assets is monitored regularly and reported to senior management and Board Risk Committee and the Board on a quarterly basis. In addition, high risk exposures are reported to senior management monthly. Any sudden credit events are promptly escalated to senior risk and business managers.

The table below present the mortgage-backed receivables in Bank Handlowy from individual customers in a given Loan-to-value (LtV) interval. The amount of exposure is measured by unpaid principal amount.

$m 31 December 2023
Less than 60% 364
61-80% 189
81-100% 14
567

Expected credit loss - On and Off Balance Sheet (All financial instruments)

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 119,174 113,963 7,092 3,574 518 472
New assets originated or purchased * 47,040 28,313 2,083 2,238 - 14
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 18,810 - 1,106 (1,088) 125 -
Asset derecognised or matured * (27,736) (20,517) (1,938) (1,236) (485) (176)
Transfers to Stage 1 3,507 1,332 (3,397) 3,663 (110) (95)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1,808) (3,619) 1,808 (57) - (44)
Transfers to Stage 3 (5) (291) (304) - 309 350
Amounts written off (3) (7) (33) (2) (3) (3)
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 158,979 119,174 6,417 7,092 354 518
Group
Exposure Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January - - 126,784 118,009
New assets originated or purchased * 2 - 49,125 30,565
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 11 - 20,052 -
Asset derecognised or matured * - - (30,159) (21,929)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - 4,900
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - (3,720)
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - 59
Amounts written off - - (39) (12)
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December 13 - 165,763 126,784
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 62 53 161 106 77 79
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 25 38 56 59 - 23
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 17 - 26 - 79 -
Exposure derecognised or matured (31) (2) (38) (11) (32) (2)
Transfers to Stage 1 40 81 (33) (47) (6) (34)
Transfers to Stage 2 (6) (4) 7 5 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (4) (24) (4) 24 8
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (22) (33) (8) 42 17 27
Amounts written off - - (4) - (4) (5)
Other movements (10) (67) (11) 11 (8) (18)
At 31 December 75 62 132 161 147 77
Group
ECL Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - 300 238
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - - 81 120
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 122 -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - (101) (15)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - 1 -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - 1 -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - (13) 36
Amounts written off - - (8) (5)
Other movements - - (29) (74)
At 31 December - - 354 300

ECL on "new assets originated or purchased" represents the increase in ECL relating to exposures in that specific stage as at year end. The "transfers to" stages within the ECL table represents the ECL reserve on the associated obligors as at prior year end or date of origination. The "net remeasurement of loss allowance" is the change in ECL following a transfer between stages not attributable to a change in exposure. The "other movements'' in ECL relates to the movement in management overlays and other adjustments during the year.

Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 119,108 113,815 7,090 3,573 517 474
New assets originated or purchased * 40,643 28,310 1,852 2,239 - 13
Asset derecognised or matured * (22,125) (20,432) (1,808) (1,088) (487) (177)
Transfers to Stage 1 3,453 1,332 (3,343) (1,237) (110) (95)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1,499) (3,619) 1,499 3,662 - (44)
Transfers to Stage 3 (1) (291) (289) (57) 290 349
Amounts written off (3) (7) (29) (2) (3) (3)
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 139,576 119,108 4,972 7,090 207 517
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 126,715 117,862
New assets originated or purchased * 42,495 30,562
Asset derecognised or matured * (24,420) (21,697)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - 1
Amounts written off (35) (12)
Other movements - -
At 31 December 144,755 126,715
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 62 53 159 106 79 79
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 23 38 52 59 - 23
Exposure derecognised or matured (29) (2) (35) (12) (42) (4)
Transfers to Stage 1 39 81 (33) (49) (6) (32)
Transfers to Stage 2 (6) (4) 6 5 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (4) (24) (4) 24 8
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (18) (33) (10) 43 17 29
Amounts written off - - (3) - (3) (5)
Other movements (14) (67) (15) 11 (17) (18)
At 31 December 57 62 97 159 52 79
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 300 238
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 75 120
Exposure derecognised or matured (106) (18)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (11) 39
Amounts written off (6) (5)
Other movements (46) (74)
At 31 December 206 300

ECL on "new assets originated or purchased" represents the increase in ECL relating to exposures in that specific stage as at year end. The "transfers to" stages within the ECL table represents the ECL reserve on the associated obligors as at prior year end or date of origination. The "net remeasurement of loss allowance" is the change in ECL following a transfer between stages not attributable to a change in exposure. The "other movements'' in ECL relates to the movement in management overlays and other adjustments during the year.

Expected credit loss

The following table shows the ECL charges on all financial assets in the income statement.

31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022:

Group
IFRS 9 ECL
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Income statement 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 2 (2) - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 4 (3) 1 (1) 6 (4)
Loans and advances to customers 2 (12) 27 (3) (8) 7
Reverse repurchase agreements 1 - - - - -
Investment securities (3) - - - - -
Total On Balance Sheet 5 (17) 26 (4) (2) 3
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 6 19 13 (11) 12 (7)
Undrawn commitments to lend (5) (12) 17 (38) (1) 7
Other commitments and guarantees (1) - - - - -
Total Off Balance Sheet - 7 30 (49) 11 -
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off
Write-offs
Total Impairment (Losses)/ Recoveries
Group
IFRS 9 ECL
Total
Income statement 2023
$m
2022
$m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 2 (2)
Loans and advances to banks 11 (8)
Loans and advances to customers 21 (8)
Reverse repurchase agreements - -
Investment securities (3) -
Total On Balance Sheet 29 (18)
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 31 1
Undrawn commitments to lend 11 (43)
Other commitments and guarantees (1) -
Total Off Balance Sheet 41 (42)
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off 6 2
Write-offs (38) (12)
Total Impairment (Losses)/ Recoveries 38 (70)

Expected credit loss

Company
IFRS 9 ECL
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Income statement 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 2 (2) - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 4 (2) 1 (2) 6 (4)
Loans and advances to customers 3 (12) 32 (3) 10 7
Reverse repurchase agreement (2) - - - - -
Investment securities - - - - - -
Total On Balance Sheet 6 (16) 31 (5) 16 3
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 4 19 9 (11) 12 (7)
Undrawn commitments to lend (3) (12) 21 (38) - 7
Other commitments and guarantees (1) - - - - -
Total Off Balance Sheet - 7 30 (49) 12 -
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off
Write-offs
Total Impairment (Losses)/ Recoveries
Company
IFRS 9 ECL
Total
Income statement 2023
$m
2022
$m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 2 (2)
Loans and advances to banks 7 (8)
Loans and advances to customers 44 (8)
Reverse repurchase agreement (2) -
Investment securities - -
Total On Balance Sheet 51 (18)
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 25 1
Undrawn commitments to lend 19 (43)
Other commitments and guarantees (1) -
Total Off Balance Sheet 43 (42)
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off 5 2
Write-offs (34) (12)
Total Impairment (Losses)/ Recoveries 65 (70)

The following table shows the ECL reserve on financial assets in the statement of financial position and on Off Balance Sheet assets.

As at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022:

Group
IFRS 9 ECL
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Statement of financial position 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1 3 - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 1 4 3 5 - 6
Loans and advances to customers 35 25 74 79 140 54
Reverse repurchase agreement 2 - - - - -
Investment securities 4 3 - - - -
Other assets 2 - 2 - - -
Total On Balance Sheet 45 35 79 84 140 60
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 6 9 11 19 6 17
Undrawn commitments to lend 23 18 42 58 1 -
Other commitments and guarantees 1 - - - - -
Total Off Balance Sheet 30 27 53 77 7 17
Total 75 62 132 161 147 77
Group
IFRS 9 ECL
Total
Statement of financial position 2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1 3
Loans and advances to banks 4 15
Loans and advances to customers 249 158
Reverse repurchase agreement 2 -
Investment securities 4 3
Other assets 4 -
Total On Balance Sheet 264 179
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 23 45
Undrawn commitments to lend 66 76
Other commitments and guarantees 1 -
Total Off Balance Sheet 90 121
Total 354 300
Company
IFRS 9 ECL
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Statement of financial position 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1 3 - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 1 4 3 4 - 6
Loans and advances to customers 22 25 46 78 45 54
Reverse repurchase agreement 2 - - - - -
Investment securities 3 3 - - - -
Other assets 1 - 2 - - -
Total On Balance Sheet 30 35 51 82 45 60
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 6 9 10 19 6 19
Undrawn commitments to lend 20 18 37 58 - -
Other commitments and guarantees 1 - - - - -
Total Off Balance Sheet 27 27 47 77 6 19
Total 57 62 98 159 51 79
Company
IFRS 9 ECL
Total
Statement of financial position 2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1 3
Loans and advances to banks 4 14
Loans and advances to customers 113 157
Reverse repurchase agreement 2 -
Investment securities 3 3
Other assets 3 -
Total On Balance Sheet 126 177
Off Balance Sheet
Letters of credit 22 47
Undrawn commitments to lend 57 76
Other commitments and guarantees 1 -
Total Off Balance Sheet 80 123
Total 206 300

The table below provides an indicative mapping of how the Group's internal credit risk grades relate to PD and to the external credit ratings of Standard & Poor's.

Risk Rating Average Probability of Default
(%)
External Rating
Rating 1 to 4-: Investment Grade 0.00 - 0.34 AAA to BBB-
Rating 5+ to 6-: Non-investment Grade 0.89 - 12.16 BB+ to B-
Rating 7+ to 7-: Higher Risk 16.64 to 22.13 CCC+ to CCC-
Rating 8 to 10: Credit Impaired Loss estimate on individual basis to SD/D

The Group, groups its exposures based on their ORR ratings as explained above:

Group
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
Rating 1 to 4- 1,989 1,937 - - - -
Rating 5+ to 6- 10 287 215 207 - -
Rating 7+ to 7- - - 67 8 - -
Rating 8 to 10 252 - - - - 1
Total 2,251 2,224 282 215 - 1
Expected credit loss (1) (4) (3) (4) - (6)
Carrying amount 2,250 2,220 279 211 - (5)
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
Rating 1 to 4- 14,288 13,548 105 137 7 -
Rating 5+ to 6- 3,618 2,067 1,464 2,627 - -
Rating 7+ to 7- 139 1 424 509 - -
Rating 8 to 10 2,922 1 - - 159 417
By delinquency
No delinquency 1,179 - 277 - 15 -
1-30 days 18 - 28 - 6 -
31-90 days 2 - 4 - 8 -
Over 90 days - - - - 76 -
Total 22,166 15,617 2,302 3,273 271 417
Expected credit loss (35) (25) (74) (78) (140) (54)
Carrying amount 22,131 15,592 2,228 3,195 131 363
Loans held at fair value through profit and loss
Total loans and advances to customers
Group
POCI Total
2023
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
Rating 1 to 4- - 1,989 1,937
Rating 5+ to 6- - 225 494
Rating 7+ to 7- - 67 8
Rating 8 to 10 - 252 1
Total - 2,533 2,440
Expected credit loss - (4) (14)
Carrying amount - 2,529 2,426
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
Rating 1 to 4- - 14,400 13,685
Rating 5+ to 6- - 5,082 4,694
Rating 7+ to 7- - 563 510
Rating 8 to 10 3 3,084 418
By delinquency
No delinquency 1 1,472 -
1-30 days - 52 -
31-90 days 1 15 -
Over 90 days 33 79 -
Total 5 24,747 19,307
Expected credit loss - (249) (157)
Carrying amount 5 24,498 19,150
Loans held at fair value through profit and loss 567 603
Total loans and advances to customers 25,065 19,753
Company
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost 0 0 0 0
Rating 1 to 4- 2,285 1,937 - - - -
Rating 5+ to 6- 10 287 215 207 - -
Rating 7+ to 7- - - 66 8 - -
Rating 8 to 10 - - - - - 1
Total 2,295 2,224 281 215 - 1
Expected credit loss (1) (4) (3) (4) - (6)
Carrying amount 2,294 2,220 278 211 - (5)
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost 0 0 0 0
Rating 1 to 4- 15,171 13,486 22 137 - -
Rating 5+ to 6- 3,243 2,067 1,175 2,627 - -
Rating 7+ to 7- 139 1 335 509 - -
Rating 8 to 10 - 1 - - 127 417
Total 18,554 15,555 1,532 3,273 127 417
Expected credit loss (22) (25) (46) (78) (44) (54)
Carrying amount 18,532 15,530 1,486 3,195 83 363
Loans held at fair value through profit and loss -
Total loans and advances to customers -
Company
Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost 0
Rating 1 to 4- 2,285 1,937
Rating 5+ to 6- 224 494
Rating 7+ to 7- 67 8
Rating 8 to 10 - 1
Total 2,576 2,440
Expected credit loss (3) (14)
Carrying amount 2,573 2,426
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost 0
Rating 1 to 4- 15,193 13,623
Rating 5+ to 6- 4,419 4,694
Rating 7+ to 7- 474 510
Rating 8 to 10 12 418
Total 20,213 19,245
Expected credit loss (113) (157)
Carrying amount 20,100 19,088
Loans held at fair value through profit and loss 567 603
Total loans and advances to customers 20,667 19,691

Credit quality - Trading Assets

The credit quality of the Group's financial assets is maintained by adherence to the Group's policies on the provision of credit to counterparties. The Group monitors the credit ratings of its counterparties with the table below presenting an analysis of the Group's trading portfolio of traded loans, corporate bonds and government bonds by rating agency designation based on Standard & Poor's or Moody's ratings as at 31 December:

Trading Assets (FVTPL):

Group
Traded loans Corporate bonds Government bonds
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 5 - 112 - 255 606
BBB+ to B- 512 419 2 - 6,845 7,950
CCC+ and lower 31 119 - - - -
Unrated 95 800 - 1 - -
Total 643 1,338 114 1 7,101 8,556
Group
Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 373 606
BBB+ to B- 7,359 8,369
CCC+ and lower 31 119
Unrated 95 801
Total 7,858 9,895
Company
Traded loans Corporate bonds Government bonds
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- - - - - 168 606
BBB+ to B- 512 419 2 - 6,845 7,950
CCC+ and lower 31 119 - - - -
Unrated 95 800 - 1 - -
Total 638 1,338 2 1 7,013 8,556
Company
Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 168 606
BBB+ to B- 7,359 8,369
CCC+ and lower 31 119
Unrated 95 801
Total 7,653 9,895

Credit quality - Investment Securities

Group
Government bonds (FVOCI) Corporate bonds (FVOCI) Corporate bonds (amortised cost)
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 9,414 5,807 5,504 1,241 254 -
BBB+ to B- 2,087 1,854 - - - -
CCC+ and lower - - - - - -
Unrated - - - - - -
Total 11,501 7,661 5,504 1,241 254 -
Group
Equity securities (FVTPL) Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 220 83 15,392 7,131
BBB+ to B- 10 - 2,097 1,854
CCC+ and lower - - - -
Unrated 2 87 2 87
Total 232 170 17,490 9,072
Company
Government bonds (FVOCI) Corporate bonds (FVOCI) Equity securities (FVTPL)
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 6,402 5,807 1,088 1,241 184 83
BBB+ to B- 2,087 1,854 - - 10 -
CCC+ and lower - - - - - -
Unrated - - - - 2 87
Total 8,489 7,661 1,088 1,241 196 170
Company
Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
AAA to A- 7,673 7,131
BBB+ to B- 2,097 1,854
CCC+ and lower - -
Unrated 2 87
Total 9,772 9,072

Concentration Risk

The Group's statement of financial position (on balance sheet - third party only) credit risk concentrations by industry are as follows:

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Mining and quarrying 228 324 224 324
Manufacturing 8,375 8,931 7,340 8,868
Electricity, gas, water, steam and air conditioning supply 1,182 1,119 592 1,119
Construction 210 156 164 156
Wholesale and retail trade 2,935 2,405 2,104 2,405
Transport and storage 530 512 492 512
Accommodation and food service activities 304 314 304 314
Information and communication 2,665 1,804 2,578 1,804
Credit and insurance institutions 63,021 61,248 54,966 61,248
Real estate activities 1,412 1,204 1,352 1,204
Professional, scientific and technical activities 1,654 686 1,583 686
Administrative and support service activities 1,182 836 1,127 836
Public administration and defence, compulsory social security 26,664 21,321 22,950 21,321
Household/Retail 2,405 948 873 948
Other services 278 157 261 157
113,045 101,965 96,910 101,902

Included in credit risk exposures carrying value are cash and cash equivalents, trading assets, derivative financial instruments, loans and advances to banks and customers, reverse repurchase agreements, investment securities and other assets.

The table below shows statement of financial position credit concentrations by region:

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Central Europe 3,946 3,393 3,945 3,393
Western Europe 100,426 88,169 84,681 88,169
Middle East / Africa 1,562 1,066 1,512 1,003
Central / South America 163 293 163 293
North America 6,455 6,580 6,147 6,580
Asia 493 2,464 462 2,464
113,045 101,965 96,910 101,902

The regions above represent the countries and its domiciled customers within these.

23.3. Market Risk - Trading book

Definition

Market risk in the trading portfolio is the risk of economic or trading loss arising from changes in the value of the Group's assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interest rates, FX or credit spreads.

Sources of Market Risk

The trading portfolio comprises positions held with short term trading intent, where the business seeks to capture the differences between buying and selling price and which derive primarily from customer flows. The products traded include foreign exchange (FX) spot, swaps and forwards, interest rate swaps and sovereign bonds. The primary sources of market risk within the trading portfolio, include, but are not limited to:

Interest rate risk: The valuation risk resulting from interest rate changes.

Currency risk: The valuation risk resulting from currency price changes.

Credit spread risk: The valuation risk resulting from credit spread changes.

Governance and Organisation

The Mark to Market Risk Management Framework, approved by the Board provides a holistic outline of how market risk in the trading portfolio is managed, establishes standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling market risk in the Group and sets responsibilities across the lines of defence. As documented in the Mark to Market Risk Management Framework, the following committees perform an oversight role for market risk related items:

Board Risk Committee

Executive Committee

Risk Management Committee

The Risk Management Committee is the primary committee tasked with governing market risk in the trading book in the Group, and is supported by the Market Risk Review Group, which monitors and oversees trading book market risk in the Group. The Executive Committee ensures that appropriate risk considerations are incorporated in the strategic planning process. The Board Risk Committee oversees the implementation of the Group's market risk strategy and the market risk management function.

The Head of Market Risk reports directly to the Group's CRO and is responsible for second line of defence oversight of the market risk portfolio of the Group. The Market Risk team monitors the market risk profile on an ongoing basis and reports to the Risk Management Committee and Board Risk Committee/Board on trading portfolio exposures against approved limits.

Risk measurement

Market risk in the Group is measured in accordance with industry standard methodologies, which are designed to:

Promote the transparency and comparability of market risk-taking activities.

Provide a consistent framework to measure market risk exposures in order to facilitate business performance analysis. Value at Risk (VaR) estimates the potential decline in the value of a position or portfolio, under normal market conditions, within a defined confidence level, and over a specific time period.

VaR is calculated using a Monte Carlo approach where simulations of market rates or prices are generated. Volatilities and correlations are updated at least quarterly based on three years' worth of market data.

The key parameters used to calculate VaR include:

The historical 'look-back' period used to calculate historical volatilities and correlations;

The holding period, i.e. the number of days of changes in market risk factors the portfolio is subjected to;

A confidence interval is determined to estimate the potential loss, and

Factor sensitivities ("Greeks") - sensitivities to market factor variables.

Factor sensitivities represent the change in the value of a position for a defined change in a market risk factor, such as a change in the value of a bond for a one basis point change in interest rates. Independent Risk Management ensure that factor sensitivities are calculated, monitored and, in most cases, limited for all relevant risks taken in a trading portfolio.

Stress testing is performed on trading portfolios on a daily basis to estimate the impact of extreme market movements. Independent Risk Management develops stress scenarios, reviews the output of daily and other periodic stress testing exercises and uses the information to make judgements as to the ongoing appropriateness of exposure levels and limits.

Risk exposure

The following table sets out the allocation of assets and liabilities subject to market risk between trading and non-trading portfolios.

Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Carrying amount
$m
Trading portfolios
$m
Non-trading portfolios
$m
Carrying amount
$m
Trading portfolios
$m
Non-trading portfolios
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 - 45,476 32,915 - 32,915
Trading assets 7,858 7,858 - 9,895 9,895 -
Derivative financial instruments 29,075 29,075 - 22,347 22,347 -
Hedging derivative 2 2 - - - -
Investment securities 17,490 - 17,490 9,072 - 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreement 15,884 1,540 14,344 22,176 10,274 11,902
Loans and advances to banks 2,529 - 2,529 2,426 - 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 25,065 567 24,498 19,753 603 19,150
Other assets 10,125 - 10,125 10,183 - 10,183
Total financial assets 153,504 39,042 114,462 128,767 43,119 85,648
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 11,218 - 11,218 8,908 - 8,908
Customer accounts 64,891 - 64,891 49,072 - 49,072
Derivative financial instruments 28,980 28,980 - 22,844 22,844 -
Hedging derivative 24 24 - - - -
Repurchase agreement 968 - 968 5,396 4,481 915
Subordinated liabilities 8,482 - 8,482 4,455 - 4,455
Other liabilities 20,091 - 20,091 24,365 - 24,365
Total financial liabilities 134,654 29,004 105,650 115,040 27,325 87,715
Company
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Carrying amount
$m
Trading portfolios
$m
Non-trading portfolios
$m
Carrying amount
$m
Trading portfolios
$m
Non-trading portfolios
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,338 - 45,338 32,911 - 32,911
Trading assets 7,653 7,653 - 9,895 9,895 -
Derivative financial instruments 28,061 28,061 - 22,347 22,347 -
Investment securities 9,772 - 9,772 9,072 - 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreement 11,995 1,540 10,455 22,176 10,274 11,902
Loans and advances to banks 2,573 - 2,573 2,426 - 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 20,667 567 20,100 19,691 602 19,089
Other assets 9,483 - 9,483 10,183 - 10,183
Total financial assets 135,542 37,821 97,721 128,701 43,118 85,583
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10,870 - 10,870 8,858 - 8,858
Customer accounts 51,225 - 51,225 49,072 - 49,072
Derivative financial instruments 28,132 28,132 - 22,844 22,844 -
Repurchase agreement 964 - 964 5,396 4,481 915
Subordinated liabilities 8,482 - 8,482 4,455 - 4,455
Other liabilities 19,157 - 19,157 24,365 - 24,364
Total financial liabilities 118,830 28,132 90,698 114,989 27,325 87,664

Trading portfolio risk

The following tables summarise the trading portfolio risk, disclosing the highest, lowest, and average exposure of its trading book to VaR during the reporting period, together with the exposure as at 31 December:

Group
31 December 2023 2023 31 December 2022 2022
USD $m Outstanding MAX AVG MIN Outstanding MAX
VAR 10.0 25.6 14.2 6.9 11.7 69.9
Group
2022
USD $m AVG MIN
VAR 11.2 3.8
Company
31 December 2023 2023 31 December 2022 2022
USD $m Outstanding MAX AVG MIN Outstanding MAX
VAR 7.8 25.6 13.9 6.4 11.7 69.9
Company
2022
USD $m AVG MIN
VAR 11.2 3.8

23.3. Market Risk - Non-Trading Portfolio

Definition

Market Risk (Non-Trading) is the impact of adverse changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity prices on Citi's net interest revenue (NIR), economic value of equity (EVE), or accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

Sources of Market Risk

The non-trading portfolio comprises positions, which are not held with a trading intent and arise mainly from customer flows. The primary products in the non-trading portfolio include loans held at amortised cost, deposits and investment securities. The main sources of market risk within the non-trading portfolio, include, but are not limited to:

Interest rate changes giving rise to a potential pre-tax impact on net interest margin (NIM); and

Fair value changes due to changes in underlying market risk factors.

Governance and Organisation

The Treasury Risk Management Framework, approved by the Board provides a holistic outline of how market risk in the non-trading portfolios is managed, establishes standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling market risk in and sets responsibilities across all three lines of defence. As part of the Treasury Risk Management Framework, the following committees and sub-committees perform an oversight role for market risk related items:

Board Risk Committee;

Executive Committee;

Asset & Liability Committee (ALCO); and

Technical Review Sub-Committee

The ALCO is the primary committee tasked with governing market risk in the non-trading portfolio in the Group. The Executive Committee ensures that appropriate risk considerations are incorporated in the strategic planning process. The Board Risk Committee oversees the implementation of the Group's market risk strategy and the market risk management function.

Group Treasury is responsible for the management and first line oversight of non-trading book market risk in the Group.

The Head of Finance CRO (formerly Treasury Risk) reports directly to the Group's CRO and is responsible for second line of defence oversight of the non-trading book market risk of the Group. The Finance CRO team monitors the market risk profile on an ongoing basis and reports to the ALCO and the BRC/Board on the non-trading portfolio exposures against agreed limits.

Risk measurement

Market risk in the Group is measured in accordance with industry standard methodologies, which are designed to:

Promote the transparency and comparability of market risk-taking activities; and

Provide a consistent framework to measure market risk exposures in order to facilitate business performance analysis.

The primary measurement concepts associated with market risk in the non-trading book are outlined below:

Income metrics: Measures the potential pre-tax impact on net interest revenue, for accrual positions, due to defined shifts in interest rates over a specified reporting period.

Interest rate exposure (IRE): measures the potential earnings impact, over a 12-month reporting period, from a defined standard set of parallel shifts in the curve.

The Group manages and monitors such exposure on a -100bp shock with a -200bp floor.

Valuation metrics: Measure the impact of interest rate changes on the Group's capital.

Factor sensitivities: Factor sensitivities are used to measure an instrument's sensitivity to a change in a 1 basis point move in interest rates for investment bonds.

Economic value of equity (EVE): The net of the present value of assets, less the present value of liabilities.

Economic value sensitivity (EVS): The change in economic value of equity for a pre-defined change in the yield curve.

the Group manages and monitors such exposure on a -100bp shock with a -200bp floor.

Risk capital: Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) capital is measured using an asset and liability management risk capital model, which uses interest rate factor sensitivities for the underlying accrual statement of financial position exposures.

Interest rate risk

The table below represents the expected profit/(loss) from a 100-basis point increase in interest rates on all tenors.

Group Company
Interest rate exposure report Interest rate exposure report
31 December 2023 31 December 2022 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
Income statement impact 274 198 215 198
Total 274 198 215 198
Equity impact 225 135 - 138 - 135
Total 225 135 138 135

The table below represents the expected profit/(loss) with -200bps floor basis point decrease in interest rates on all tenors.

Group Company
Interest rate exposure report Interest rate exposure report
31 December 2023 31 December 2022 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
12 Month
$m
Income statement impact (280) (195) (220) (195)
Total (280) (195) (220) (195)
Equity impact (254) (133) - (157) - (133)
Total (254) (133) (157) (133)

These results are not symmetrical due to the impact of scenario floors, the Group uses -200bp floors on all scenarios, and the impact of non-maturity deposit beta matrices, which define how much of a rate change is applied to specific portfolios.

Currency risk

Structural FX risk is defined as the exposure of capital ratios to changes in FX exchange rates. Changes in exchange rates can increase/decrease USD (functional currency) equivalent level of RWA's. The Group is exposed to a depreciation of the US dollar. Treasury monitors structural foreign currency risk and mitigates through an approved FX Playbook.

At 31st December 2023, the sensitivity of the company's CET1 ratio to a 10% depreciation of the USD is shown below for key currencies

Group
Structural FX Position (unaudited) 2023 2022
10% USD Depreciation - EUR -0.79% -0.68%
10% USD Depreciation - PLN -0.13% -
Company
Structural FX Position (unaudited) 2023 2022
10% USD Depreciation - EUR -0.81% -0.68%

23.3. Market Risk - Managing interest rate benchmark reform and associated risks

LIBOR Transition Risk

The USD LIBOR bank panel ended on 30 June 2023. The overnight and 12-month USD LIBOR settings have permanently ceased, and the Financial Conduct Authority is requiring ICE Benchmark Administration to continue publishing one-, three- and six-month USD LIBOR settings using a synthetic methodology, which is based on the relevant CME Term SOFR Reference Rate plus the respective ISDA fixed spread adjustment. These synthetic settings are expected to cease on 30 September 2024. As of 30 June 2023, Citi transitioned nearly all of its USD LIBOR-referencing contracts to SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment. There remain a de minimis number of unremediated USD LIBOR-referencing contracts that are temporarily utilising synthetic LIBOR, and Citi is continuing to focus on remediating these remaining contracts.

23.4. Liquidity Risk

Definition

Liquidity risk is the risk that the firm will not be able to efficiently meet both expected and unexpected current and future cash flows and collateral needs without adversely affecting either daily operations or financial condition of Citi. Risk may be exacerbated by the inability of the firm to access funding sources or monetize assets and the composition of liability funding and liquid assets.

Governance and Organisation

The Treasury Risk Management Framework, approved by the Board, provides a holistic outline of how liquidity risk is managed, establishes standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling risk in the Company and set responsibilities across all three lines of defense.

As part of the Treasury Risk Management Framework, the following committees perform an oversight role for liquidity risk related items:

Board Risk Committee (BRC);

Executive Committee (ExCO);

Asset & Liability Committee (ALCO);

Intraday and Collateral Management Sub-Committee; and

Technical Review Sub-Committee.

Management of liquidity is the responsibility of the Corporate Treasurer who aims to ensure that all funding obligations are met when due and all Regulatory Liquidity requirements are satisfied at all times.

The forum for oversight of liquidity risk is the ALCO, which includes senior executives within the Company. The ALCO reviews the current and prospective funding requirements for the Company, as well as the position and recommends a risk appetite framework of limits and triggers to the Board for its approval. The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board.

A Funding and Liquidity plan (FLP) and Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Procedure (ILAAP) are prepared on an annual basis and the liquidity profile is monitored and reported daily. The ILAAP is approved annually by the Board confirming their opinion of the Company's capability to withstand a set of severe but plausible liquidity stress conditions for the duration of the Company's survival period.

The Head of Finance CRO reports directly to the Company's CRO and is responsible for second line of defense independent oversight of liquidity risk.

Risk measurement

The Company's internal Treasury Risk Management Framework includes a set of indicators enabling the assessment of the Company's resilience to liquidity risk.

The Company is required to comply with the liquidity requirements set out by its Regulator. The Capital Requirements Directive IV and V (CRD IV and CRD V) related liquidity metrics are monitored and reported, namely the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) net stable funding requirement (NSFR) and Asset Encumbrance Ratio. LCR measures the stock of liquid assets against net cash outflows arising in a 30 day stress scenario. NSFR is intended to ensure that a firm has an acceptable amount of stable funding to support its assets and activities over the medium term (one year period). Asset Encumbrance measures total encumbered assets plus collateral received divided by total assets and collateral received available for encumbrance.

The Company also monitors internal liquidity risk metrics, which compare liquidity reserves with liquidity deficits. These indicators are also assessed where applicable for the major currencies through which the Company has significant operations.

Risk exposure

Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

The tables below shows an analysis of financial assets and liabilities analysed according to when they are contractually expected to be recovered or settled.

Group
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 32,915 - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 220 553 697 577 1,612 1,296
Loans and advances to customers 9,394 9,011 5,432 5,279 8,148 4,596
Derivative financial instruments 4,146 2,757 2,459 1,784 8,680 7,163
Hedging derivatives - - - - - -
Trading assets 277 133 584 1,090 2,694 3,224
Investment securities 3,031 350 1,477 1,485 11,363 7,036
Reverse repurchase agreements 15,017 22,176 144 - 723 -
Other assets 10,125 10,183 - - - -
Total financial assets 87,686 78,078 10,794 10,215 33,219 23,315
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10,759 8,684 295 37 155 137
Customer accounts 63,672 47,832 1,204 1,226 15 3
Derivative financial instruments 4,373 2,705 2,626 1,918 8,685 7,431
Hedging derivatives - - - - 6 -
Repurchase agreements 968 5,397 - - - -
Subordinated liabilities - - - - 4,830 722
Other liabilities 20,091 24,365 - - - -
Total financial liabilities 99,863 88,983 4,125 3,181 13,691 8,293
Group
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 45,476 32,915
Loans and advances to banks - - 2,529 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 2,091 867 25,065 19,753
Derivative financial instruments 13,790 10,643 29,075 22,347
Hedging derivatives 2 - 2 -
Trading assets 4,303 5,448 7,858 9,895
Investment securities 1,619 201 17,490 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreements - - 15,884 22,176
Other assets - - 10,125 10,183
Total financial assets 21,805 17,160 153,504 128,767
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 9 50 11,218 8,908
Customer accounts - 11 64,891 49,071
Derivative financial instruments 13,296 10,790 28,980 22,844
Hedging derivatives 18 - 24 -
Repurchase agreements - - 968 5,397
Subordinated liabilities 3,652 3,733 8,482 4,455
Other liabilities - - 20,091 24,365
Total financial liabilities 16,975 14,584 134,654 115,040
Company
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,338 32,911 - - - -
Loans and advances to banks 187 553 1,003 577 1,383 1,296
Loans and advances to customers 8,431 9,011 5,091 5,267 6,090 4,546
Derivative financial instruments 4,029 2,757 2,308 1,784 8,232 7,163
Trading assets 130 133 564 1,090 2,695 3,224
Investment securities 1,030 350 1,423 1,485 6,807 7,036
Reverse repurchase agreements 11,128 22,176 144 - 723 -
Other assets 9,483 10,183 - - - -
Total financial assets 79,756 78,074 10,532 10,202 25,929 23,265
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10,412 8,684 294 37 155 137
Customer accounts 50,580 47,832 631 1,226 14 3
Derivative financial instruments 4,271 2,705 2,487 1,918 8,364 7,431
Repurchase agreements 964 5,397 - - - -
Subordinated liabilities - - - - 4,830 722
Other liabilities 19,157 24,364 - - - -
Total financial liabilities 85,384 88,982 3,412 3,181 13,363 8,293
Company
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 45,338 32,911
Loans and advances to banks - - 2,573 2,426
Loans and advances to customers 1,054 867 20,667 19,690
Derivative financial instruments 13,492 10,643 28,061 22,347
Trading assets 4,264 5,448 7,653 9,895
Investment securities 512 201 9,772 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreements - - 11,995 22,176
Other assets - - 9,483 10,183
Total financial assets 19,323 17,160 135,541 128,700
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 9 - 10,870 8,858
Customer accounts - 11 51,225 49,071
Derivative financial instruments 13,010 10,790 28,132 22,844
Repurchase agreements - - 964 5,397
Subordinated liabilities 3,652 3,733 8,482 4,455
Other liabilities - - 19,157 24,364
Total financial liabilities 16,671 14,534 118,830 114,989

Contractual maturities of undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities

The tables below analyse the Group's and Company's undiscounted contractual cash flows from financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings.

Group
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 11,369 9,042 312 39 164 141
Customer accounts 67,285 49,802 1,272 1,277 16 3
Derivative financial instruments 4,622 2,816 2,775 1,997 9,177 7,683
Hedging derivatives - - - - 7 -
Repurchase agreement 1,023 5,619 - - - -
Subordinated liabilities 105 - 320 - 6,401 878
Other liabilities 21,231 25,578 - - - -
Total undiscounted financial liabilities 105,635 92,857 4,679 3,313 15,765 8,705
Group
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10 52 11,855 9,274
Customer accounts - 11 68,573 51,093
Derivative financial instruments 14,049 11,156 30,623 23,652
Hedging derivatives 18 - 25 -
Repurchase agreement - - 1,023 5,619
Subordinated liabilities 3,995 4,483 10,821 5,361
Other liabilities - - 21,231 25,578
Total undiscounted financial liabilities 18,072 15,702 144,151 120,577
Company
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 11,002 9,042 311 39 164 141
Customer accounts 53,450 49,802 666 1,277 15 3
Derivative financial instruments 4,514 2,816 2,628 1,997 8,838 7,683
Repurchase agreement 1,019 5,619 - - - -
Subordinated liabilities 105 - 320 - 6,401 878
Other liabilities 20,244 25,578 - - - -
Total undiscounted financial liabilities 90,334 92,857 3,925 3,313 15,418 8,705
Company
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10 - 11,487 9,222
Customer accounts - 11 54,131 51,093
Derivative financial instruments 13,747 11,156 29,727 23,652
Repurchase agreement - - 1,019 5,619
Subordinated liabilities 3,995 4,483 10,821 5,361
Other liabilities - - 20,244 25,578
Total undiscounted financial liabilities 17,752 15,650 127,429 120,525

The following tables analyse the Group's and Company's commitments and guarantees into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the statement of financial position date to the contractual maturity date. These instruments can be called at any time prior to their contractual maturity.

Group
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Letters of credit 6,483 6,232 5,262 3,369 4,509 4,986
Undrawn commitments to lend 250 1,239 66 3,892 434 21,987
Other commitments and guarantees 1,571 729 7,030 1,216 28,501 391
Total commitments and guarantees 8,304 8,200 12,358 8,477 33,444 27,364
Group
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Letters of credit 625 837 16,879 15,424
Undrawn commitments to lend - 1,663 750 28,781
Other commitments and guarantees 2,453 24 39,555 2,360
Total commitments and guarantees 3,078 2,524 57,184 46,565
Company
Less than 3 months 3 months - 1 year 1 - 5 years
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Letters of credit 6,385 6,232 4,953 3,369 4,203 4,986
Undrawn commitments to lend 228 1,239 67 3,891 434 21,987
Other commitments and guarantees 1,128 729 4,515 1,216 27,762 391
Total commitments and guarantees 7,741 8,200 9,535 8,476 32,399 27,364
Company
More than 5 years Total
As at 31 December 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Letters of credit 607 837 16,148 15,424
Undrawn commitments to lend - 1,663 729 28,780
Other commitments and guarantees 2,357 24 35,762 2,360
Total commitments and guarantees 2,964 2,524 52,639 46,564

Analysis of encumbered and un-encumbered assets

This table summarises encumbered and un-encumbered assets by asset categories.

Group 2023
Encumbered Un-Encumbered
Assets as at 31 December Pledged as collateral
$m
Available as collateral
$m
Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 2,082 43,394 45,476
Equity Instruments - 232 232
Investment Securities & Debt Trading Instruments 8,804 15,670 24,474
-of which: covered bonds - - -
-of which: asset-backed securities - - -
-of which: by general governments 8,782 10,460 19,242
-of which: by financial corporations 22 3,671 3,693
-of which: by non-financial 269 269
corporations
-of which: securitisations - 10 10
Reverse repurchase agreement - 15,884 15,884
Loans and advances 49 28,187 28,236
Other Assets 5,495 34,838 40,333
Assets subtotal 16,430 138,205 154,635
Group 2022
Encumbered Un-Encumbered
Assets as at 31 December Pledged as collateral
$m
Available as collateral
$m
Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1,352 31,563 32,915
Equity Instruments - 170 170
Investment Securities & Debt Trading Instruments 10,412 7,047 17,459
-of which: covered bonds - - -
-of which: asset-backed securities - - -
-of which: by general governments 10,412 6,639 17,051
-of which: by financial corporations - 400 400
-of which: by non-financial corporations - 3 3
-of which: securitisations - 5 5
Reverse repurchase agreement - 22,176 22,176
Loans and advances 131 23,387 23,518
Other Assets 5,791 27,310 33,101
Assets subtotal 17,686 111,653 129,339
Company 2023
Encumbered Un-Encumbered
Assets as at 31 December Pledged as collateral
$m
Available as collateral
$m
Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1,578 43,760 45,338
Equity Instruments - 196 196
Investment Securities & Debt Trading Instruments 8,561 8,030 16,591
- of which: covered bonds - - -
- of which: asset-backed securities - - -
- of which: by general governments 8,561 7,588 16,149
- of which: by financial corporations - 427 427
- of which: by non-financial 15 15
corporations
- of which: securitisations - 10 10
Reverse repurchase agreement - 11,995 11,995
Loans and advances 14 23,864 23,878
Other Assets 5,410 34,491 39,901
Assets subtotal 15,563 122,336 137,899
Company 2022
Encumbered Un-Encumbered
Assets as at 31 December Pledged as collateral
$m
Available as collateral
$m
Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 1,352 31,559 32,911
Equity Instruments - 170 170
Investment Securities & Debt Trading Instruments 10,412 7,047 17,459
- of which: covered bonds - - -
- of which: asset-backed securities - - -
- of which: by general governments 10,412 6,639 17,051
- of which: by financial corporations - 400 400
- of which: by non-financial corporations - 3 3
- of which: securitisations - 5 5
Reverse repurchase agreement - 22,177 22,177
Loans and advances 131 23,323 23,454
Other Assets 5,791 27,325 33,116
Assets subtotal 17,686 111,601 129,287

23.5. Operational Risk

Definition

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. It includes legal risk - which is the risk of loss (including litigation costs, settlements, and regulatory fines) resulting from the failure of the bank to comply with laws, regulations, prudent ethical standards, and contractual obligations in any aspect of the bank's business - but excludes strategic and reputation risks. The Group also recognises the impact of Operational risk on the reputation risk associated with its business activities.

Operational Risk Management ('ORM'), operating within the second line of defence, are responsible for setting requirements around operational risk management, challenging the implementation of the overall ORM framework, and challenging the quality and outcomes of the first line of defence operational risk management activities. ORM proactively assists the businesses, operations, technology and other functions in enhancing the effectiveness of controls and managing operational risks across products, business lines and regions.

The objective of operational risk management activities is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels relative to the characteristics of the Group businesses, the markets in which it operates, its capital and liquidity, and the competitive, economic and regulatory environment.

Governance and Organisation

The CEP Operational Risk Management Framework, approved by Board provides a holistic outline of how operational risk is managed, establishes standards for identifying, measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling operational risk in the Group and sets responsibilities across the lines of defence. As documented in the Operational Risk Management Framework, the following committees perform an oversight role for operational risk related items:

Board of Directors

Board Risk Committee

Audit Committee

Business Risk Controls Committee

The Board approve Operational risk appetite and Operational Risk Management Framework.

The BRC has oversight of the prospective aspects of operational risk, including, but not limited to parameters of the Operational Risk Management Framework, the operational risk capital model and the operational risk component of internal capital adequacy approval process.

Audit Committee has oversight of operational risk, including the individual operational losses, the root causes and remediation activities.

The BRCC is the principal forum responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Group's operational risk profile, including the results of risk assessments, risk appetite results including key indicator breaches, significant operational risk events and new and emerging risks while promoting a culture of risk awareness and high standards of culture and conduct across the Group.

The RMC oversees execution of the risk management framework, confirms risk profile within approved risk appetite, discusses risk issues (incl. discussing the current and forward looking risk profile of the Group).

The Head of Operational Risk reports directly to the the Group CRO and is responsible for second line of defence oversight and management of operational risk.

Risk Measurement

To anticipate, mitigate and control operational risk, the Group maintains a system of policies and has established a consistent framework for monitoring, assessing and communicating operational risks and the overall effectiveness of the internal control environment.

The Operational Risk Management framework comprises components to identify, measure, monitor and manage operational risk:

Annual risk assessment

Manager`s Control Assessment (MCA) independent challenge

Operational risk scenario analysis

Capture of operational risk event data

Formal assurance programme

Issue/corrective action plans

MCA is a diagnostic tool used in the management of operational risks as a key component of the Business Environment and Internal Control Factors required under Basel capital standards. It uses input of the components of the Operational Risk Management Framework to provide an overall view of the operational risk profile of an entity be that a business, country or legal entity view.

During the risk identification and assessment process, the enterprise-wide risk taxonomy is assessed to identify the Key Operational Risks for the Group. The Operational Risk Taxonomy includes for example Processing risk, Data risk, Third party risk, Financial statement reporting risk, Cyber risk, and Technology risk.

23.6. Strategic risk

Definition

Strategic Risk is defined as:

a) the risk of a sustained impact (not episodic impact) to the firm's core strategic objectives as measured by impacts on anticipated earnings, market capitalization, or capital, arising from the external factors affecting the firm's operating environment; as well as;

b) the risks associated with defining the strategy (e.g., incorrect or faulty assumptions, appropriate governance) and executing the strategy (e.g., inadequate talent, poor implementation, lack of responsiveness to changes), which are identified, measured and managed as part of the Strategic Risk Framework at the Enterprise Level.

In this context, external factors affecting the firm's operating environment are the economic environment, geopolitical/political landscape, industry/competitive landscape, societal trends, customer/client behaviour, regulatory / legislative environment and trends related to investors / shareholders.

Governance and Organisation

As part of the Risk Management Framework, the following committees and their sub-committees perform an oversight role for strategic risk related items:

Board Risk Committee

Executive Committee

The ExCo oversees the implementation of the strategic objectives, business strategy financial plan and operating plan set by the Board and the ongoing business activities of the branches. In addition, the ExCo ensures that appropriate risk considerations are incorporated into the strategic planning process and recommends the Strategic Plan to the Board for approval. The BRC is tasked with overseeing the assessment of the Strategic Plan by Enterprise and Governance Risk Management. The Board ultimately reviews and approves the Strategic Plan.

The Head of Enterprise and Governance Risk Management reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer and is responsible for leading the second line independent risk review and challenge of the Strategic Plan prior to submission to the ExCo and the Board.

Risk measurement

The Group identifies and manages Strategic Risk through the development of a three-year Strategic Plan which is reviewed and Board-approved annually. The plan articulates the Group's strategy with respect to target markets and clients and includes an outlook on the global economy, an overview of the evolving regulatory environment, and a view on the competitive landscape. The Strategic Plan additionally provides an overview of the Group's statement of financial position and risk management and control strategies, as well as individual business strategies and financial projections. The information contained in this Plan informs the Group's updated risk appetite statement, and the financial projections form the base case scenario for the Group's ICAAP and ILAAP.

Strategic risk is considered in both ICAAP and ILAAP using stressed scenarios under events such as trade wars and climate change. The Group has defined stress scenarios incorporating macroeconomic and financial market stresses, as well as stressed operational and strategic risk considerations, to calculate potential losses for the Group during stressed macroeconomic conditions. .

23.7. Inter-Affiliate Risk

Definition

Inter-Affiliate risk is defined as the risk that the Group's financial and non-financial position may be affected by its relationship with other entities within Citigroup.

Inter-affiliate risk captures the credit and liquidity risk associated with the exposure to CBNA and other Citigroup affiliates. Inter-Affiliate Risk also captures the potential Operational Risk (including Execution risk) due to dependence on major Citi-wide Programs covering remediation, transformation and strategic development. It arises in many of the Group's business activities, including:

Management of currency balances between the Group and CBNA London / New York;

Reverse repos under which the Group borrows highly liquid assets from CBNA; and

Placement of the Group's surplus liquidity with CBNA London / New York or other affiliates.

Governance and Organisation

The operational, credit and liquidity risk impacts of Inter-Affiliate Risk are managed in line with the applicable frameworks, policies and standards for these risk types with specific limits set and monitored for inter-affiliate transactions.

Risk measurement

Inter-Affiliate Risk's components credit and liquidity risk are measured using the methodologies outlined below. The Group strategies and controls used to manage and mitigate inter-affiliate risk include:

Collateral arrangements with appropriate collateral haircuts and daily margining

Intercompany Limits in the Group's risk appetite statement

From a credit risk perspective, an annual credit analysis of Citibank N.A. and relevant affiliates is undertaken and presented to the appropriate authority for approval. Limits exist for Citibank N.A. and all other affiliates separately. In addition, a limit for the daily intraday overdraft utilisation from Citibank N.A. is in place.

From a liquidity perspective, a risk appetite metric to monitor the Group's dependency on intercompany funding is included under risk appetite statement monitoring. This metric measures available stable intercompany funding as a proportion of overall Available Stable Funding aligned to regulatory definitions of stable funding.

23.8. Reputational Risk

Definition

Reputation risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience resulting from negative opinion. This risk may impair a bank's competitiveness by affecting its ability to establish new relationships or services or continue servicing existing relationships. It arises directly from how we conduct our business and can impact how key stakeholders, such as customers or clients, employees, regulators, shareholders or the community view the integrity of Citi. External economic, industry, market, competitive, regulatory or legislative pressures can also contribute to reputational risk.

Reputation risk can arise from, or exist in combination with, other key risks, primarily Operational, Strategic and Compliance risk (e.g., as a result of process deficiencies or behaviour that is inconsistent with our core values, such as unfair or deceptive practices) or through failure to consider long-term impacts of business decisions on stakeholders. Reputational risk can occur even when all actions are legal and in accordance with all policies, processes and current practices.

Governance and Organisation

The ExCo has direct oversight of reputational risk in the Group. All product lines and functions are responsible for identifying and managing material reputational risks and for promptly escalating concerns to the ExCo.

Risk measurement

Key risk identification, escalation and reporting processes include, but are not limited to:

Regulatory Inventory and Regulatory Change Management

Policies, Procedures and Controls

Training

Manager's Control Assessments

In addition to the above, the second line of defence completes oversight of reputational risk through various activities including, but not limited to:

Challenge the potential reputational risk implications of new, expanded or modified businesses, products or services and strategic initiatives through the New Activity Committee.

Providing senior management and the Board with an independent view of the Group's reputational risk profile, as part of the periodic reporting cycle.

23.9. Capital management

The Group's Regulator sets and monitors capital requirements for the Group. Capital is monitored on a solo and a consolidated basis.

In implementing current capital requirements, the Regulator requires the Group to maintain a prescribed ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets.

The Group's policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and customer confidence and to sustain future development of the business. The impact of the level of capital on shareholders' return is also recognised and the need to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with greater gearing and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position.

The Group is required by the Regulator to maintain adequate capital and is subject to the risk of having insufficient capital resources to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements. The Group's minimum capital requirement is calculated in accordance with CRDIV regulatory capital requirements. The Group has complied with its capital requirements throughout the period.

For further details, please refer to the Directors Report - 'Capital Management'.

24. Reserves

The nature of the reserve balances presented in the statement of changes in equity are described below:

Translation reserve

The translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the translation of the Group's net investment in its foreign operations, excluding any ineffectiveness, of investment hedge derivatives. Gains and losses accumulated in this reserve are reclassified to the income statement when the Group loses control, joint control or significant influence over the foreign operation or on disposal or partial disposal of the operation.

Fair value reserve

The fair value reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of the financial instruments measured as FVOCI on statement of financial position until the assets are derecognised or reclassified.

Equity reserve

The equity reserve represents amounts expensed in the income statement in connection with share based payments, net of transfers to retained earnings on the exercise, lapsing or forfeiting of share awards.

Capital reserve

The capital reserve represents capital contributions received from parent companies. In 2023, the Group received $1,200 million capital contribution from its parent company (2022: $1,700 million) and an additional $1,544 million capital contribution due to the transfer of BHW from COIC to CEP.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve represents the difference between the fair value and book value and any transferred over reserve balances from the merger and capital transactions. The Merger reserves decrease due to the transfer of BHW from COIC to CEP was $45 million.

25. Financial assets and liabilities

The below tables outline the total financial assets and liabilities held as at 31 December 2023 and as at 31 December 2022.

Group
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Derivative financial instruments 29,075 22,347
Hedging derivatives 2 -
Trading assets 7,858 9,895
Investment securities at FVTPL 232 170
Reverse Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL 1,540 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL 567 602
Total financial assets held at FVTPL 39,274 43,288
Investment securities at FVOCI 17,004 8,902
Total financial assets held at FVOCI 17,004 8,902
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 32,915
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost 2,529 2,426
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost 24,498 19,151
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost 14,344 11,902
Investment securities at amortised cost 254 -
Other assets 10,125 10,183
Total financial assets at amortised cost 97,226 76,577
Total financial assets 153,504 128,767
Group
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Derivative financial instruments 28,980 22,844
Hedging derivatives 24 -
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL 7,929 13,514
Total financial liabilities held at fair value 36,933 40,839
Deposits by banks 11,218 8,908
Customer accounts 64,891 49,072
Other liabilities excluding liabilities at FVTPL 12,162 15,333
Subordinated liabilities 8,482 4,455
Repurchase agreements at amortised cost 968 916
Total financial liabilities at amortised cost 97,721 78,684
Total financial liabilities 134,654 119,523
Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022 (Restated)
$m
Derivative financial instruments 28,061 22,347
Trading assets 7,653 9,895
Investment securities at FVTPL 196 170
Reverse Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL 1,540 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL 567 602
Total financial assets held at FVTPL 38,017 43,288
Investment securities at FVOCI 9,576 8,902
Total financial assets held at FVOCI 9,576 8,902
Cash and cash equivalents 45,338 32,911
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost * 2,573 2,426
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost * 20,100 19,089
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost * 10,455 11,902
Other assets 9,483 10,183
Total financial assets at amortised cost 87,949 76,511
Total financial assets 135,542 128,701
Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022 (Restated)
$m
Derivative financial instruments 28,132 22,844
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL 7,894 13,514
Total financial liabilities held at fair value 36,026 40,839
Deposits by banks 10,870 8,858
Customer accounts 51,225 49,072
Other liabilities excluding liabilities at FVTPL * 11,263 15,331
Subordinated liabilities 8,482 4,455
Repurchase agreements at amortised cost * 964 916
Total financial liabilities at amortised cost 82,804 78,632
Total financial liabilities 118,830 119,471

* To provide more relevant information to the readers of the financial statements reverse repurchase agreement and repurchase agreement balances have been presented separately from Loans and advances to banks and customers and Other liabilities respectively. Comparative balances have also been updated accordingly.

Fair value measurement

IFRS 13 - Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, and therefore represents an exit price. Among other things, the standard requires the Company to maximise the use of observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Under IFRS 13, the probability of counterparty default is factored into the valuation of derivative and other positions, and the impact of Group's own credit risk is also factored into the valuation of derivatives and other liabilities that are measured at fair value.

Fair value hierarchy

IFRS 13 specifies a hierarchy of inputs based on whether the inputs are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are developed using market data and reflect market participant assumptions, while unobservable inputs reflect the Group's market assumptions.

These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in the markets.

Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

As required under the fair value hierarchy, the Group considers relevant and observable market inputs in its valuations where possible. The fair value hierarchy classification approach typically utilises rules-based and data driven selection criteria to determine whether an instrument is classified as Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3:

The determination of whether an instrument is quoted in an active market and therefore considered a Level 1 instrument is based upon the frequency of observed transactions and the quality of independent market data available on the measurement date.

A Level 2 classification is assigned where there is observability of prices/market inputs to models, or where any unobservable inputs are not significant to the valuation. The determination of whether an input is considered observable is based on the availability of independent market data and its corroboration, for example through observed transactions in the market.

Otherwise, an instrument is classified as Level 3.

Determination of fair value

For assets and liabilities carried at fair value, the Group measures fair value using the procedures set out below, irrespective of whether the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value as a result of an election.

When available, the Group uses quoted market prices from active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1. In some specific cases where a market price is available, the Group will apply practical expedients (such as matrix pricing) to calculate fair value, in which case the items may be classified as Level 2.

The Group may also apply a price-based methodology that utilises, where available, quoted prices or other market information obtained from recent trading activity in positions with the same or similar characteristics to the position being valued. If relevant and observable prices are available, those valuations may be classified as Level 2. However, when there are one or more significant unobservable "price" inputs, those valuations will be classified as Level 3. Furthermore, when a quoted price is considered stale, a significant adjustment to the price of a similar security may be necessary to reflect differences in the terms of the actual security or loan being valued, or alternatively, when prices from independent sources may be insufficient to corroborate a valuation, the "price" inputs are considered unobservable and the fair value measurements are classified as Level 3.

If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, current market-based parameters, such as interest rates, currency rates and option volatilities. Items valued using such internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input or value driver that is significant to the valuation. Thus, an item may be classified as Level 3 even though there may be some significant inputs that are readily observable.

Fair value estimates from internal valuation techniques are verified, where possible, to prices obtained from independent vendors or brokers. Vendors' and brokers' valuations may be based on a variety of inputs ranging from observed prices to proprietary valuation models, and the Group assesses the quality and relevance of this information in determining the estimate of fair value. The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Group to measure various financial instruments at fair value. Where appropriate, the description includes details of the valuation models, the key inputs to those models and any significant assumptions.

Market Valuation Adjustments

Generally, the unit of account for a financial instrument is the individual financial instrument. The Group applies market valuation adjustments that are consistent with the unit of account, which does not include adjustment due to the size of the Group's position, except as follows. Portfolio Exception (IFRS 13) permits an entity to measure the fair value of a group of financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting risk on the basis of the price that would be received to sell or transfer the net open risk position (i.e. on a portfolio basis), in line with how positions are risk managed. Citi has elected to measure certain portfolios of financial instruments that meet those criteria, such as derivatives, on the basis of the net open risk position. The Group applies market valuation adjustments, including adjustments to account for the size of the net open risk position, consistent with market participant assumptions.

Valuation adjustments are applied to items classified as Level 2 or Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy to ensure that the fair value reflects the price at which the net open risk position could be exited. These valuation adjustments are based on the bid/offer spread for an instrument in the market. When Citi has elected to measure certain portfolios of financial investments, such as derivatives, on the basis of the net open risk position, the valuation adjustment may take into account the size of the position.

Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments (FVA) are applied to the relevant population of over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments where adjustments to reflect counterparty credit risk, own credit risk and term funding risk are required to estimate fair value. This principally includes derivatives with a base valuation (e.g., discounted using overnight indexed swap (OIS)) requiring adjustment for these effects, such as uncollateralised interest rate swaps. The CVA represents a portfolio-level adjustment to reflect the risk premium associated with the counterparty's (assets) or the Group's (liabilities) non-performance risk.

The FVA represents a market funding risk premium inherent in the uncollateralised portion of a derivative portfolio and in certain collateralised derivative portfolios that do not include standard credit support annexes (CSAs), such as where the CSA does not permit the reuse of collateral received. The Group's FVA methodology leverages the existing CVA methodology to estimate a funding exposure profile. The calculation of this exposure profile considers collateral agreements in which the terms do not permit the Group to reuse the collateral received, including where counterparties post collateral to third-party custodians. The Group's CVA and FVA methodologies consist of two steps:

First, the exposure profile for each counterparty is determined using the terms of all individual derivative positions and a Monte Carlo simulation or other quantitative analysis to generate a series of expected cash flows at future points in time. The calculation of this exposure profile considers the effect of credit risk mitigants and sources of funding, including pledged cash or other collateral and any legal right of offset that exists with a counterparty through arrangements such as netting agreements. Individual derivative contracts that are subject to an enforceable master netting agreement with a counterparty are aggregated as a netting set for this purpose, since it is those aggregate net cash flows that are subject to non-performance risk. This process identifies specific, point-in-time future cash flows that are subject to non-performance and term funding risk, rather than using the current recognised net asset or liability as a basis to measure the CVA and FVA.

Second, for CVA, market-based views of default probabilities derived from observed credit spreads in the credit default swap (CDS) market are applied to the expected future cash flows determined in step one. Citi's own credit CVA is determined using Citi-specific CDS spreads for the relevant tenor. Generally, counterparty CVA is determined using CDS spread indices for each credit rating and tenor. For certain identified netting sets where individual analysis is practicable (e.g., exposures to counterparties with liquid CDSs), counterparty-specific CDS spreads are used. For FVA, a term structure of spreads is applied to the expected funding exposures (e.g., the market liquidity spread used to represent the term funding premium associated with certain OTC derivatives).

The CVA and FVA are designed to incorporate a market view of the credit and funding risk, respectively, inherent in the derivative portfolio. However, most unsecured derivative instruments are negotiated bilateral contracts and are not commonly transferred to third parties. Derivative instruments are normally settled contractually or, if terminated early, are terminated at a value negotiated bilaterally between the counterparties. Thus, the CVA and FVA may not be realised upon a settlement or termination in the normal course of business. In addition, all or a portion of these adjustments may be reversed or otherwise adjusted in future periods in the event of changes in the credit or funding risk associated with the derivative instruments.

During 2023, the Group recorded CVA loss of $8.8 million (2022: loss of $11.5 million) and FVA gain of $6.1 million (2022: loss of $3.2 million).

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

No quoted prices exist for these instruments, since fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow technique. Cash flows are estimated based on the terms of the contract, taking into account any embedded derivative or other features. These cash flows are discounted using interest rates appropriate to the maturity of the instrument as well as the nature of the underlying collateral. Generally, when such instruments are recorded at fair value, they are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the inputs used in the valuation are readily observable. However, certain long-dated positions are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trading Account Assets and Liabilities - Trading Securities and Trading Loans

When available, the Group uses quoted market prices in active markets to determine the fair value of trading securities; such items are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples include government securities and exchange-traded equity securities.

For bonds and secondary market loans traded over the counter, the Group generally determines fair value utilising various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows, price-based and internal models. Fair value estimates from these internal valuation techniques are verified, where possible, to prices obtained from independent sources, including third-party vendors.

A price-based methodology utilises, where available, quoted prices or other market information obtained from recent trading activity of assets with similar characteristics to the bond or loan being valued. The yields used in discounted cash flow models are derived from the same price information. Trading securities and loans priced using such methods are generally classified as Level 2. However, when the primary inputs to the valuation are unobservable, or prices from independent sources are insufficient to corroborate valuation, a loan or security is generally classified as Level 3. Fair value estimates from these internal valuation techniques are verified, where possible, to prices obtained from independent sources, including third party vendors.

When the Group's principal exit market for a portfolio of loans is through securitisation, the Group uses the securitisation price as a key input into the fair value of the loan portfolio. The securitisation price is determined from the assumed proceeds of a hypothetical securitisation within the current market environment. Where such a price verification is possible, loan portfolios are typically classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

For most of the subprime mortgage backed security (MBS) exposures, fair value is determined utilising observable transactions where available, or other valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis utilizing valuation assumptions derived from similar, more observable securities as market proxies. The valuation of certain asset-backed security (ABS) CDO positions is inferred through the net asset value of the underlying assets of the ABS CDO.

Trading Account Assets and Liabilities-Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives, measured at fair value using quoted (i.e., exchange) prices in active markets, where available, are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivatives without a quoted price in an active market and derivatives executed over the counter are valued using internal valuation techniques. These derivative instruments are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3 depending on the observability of the significant inputs to the model.

The valuation techniques depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instrument. The principal techniques used to value these instruments are discounted cash flows and internal models, such as derivative pricing models (e.g., Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo simulations).

The key inputs depend upon the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instrument and include interest rate yield curves, foreign exchange rates, volatilities, and correlation.

Investments

The investments category includes FVOCI debt and FVTPL equity securities whose fair values are generally determined by utilizing similar procedures described for trading securities above or, in some cases, using vendor pricing as the primary source.

Also included in investments are non-public investments in private equity and real estate entities. Determining the fair value of non-public securities involves a significant degree of management's judgment, as no quoted prices exist and such securities are not generally traded. In addition, there may be transfer restrictions on private equity securities. The Group's process for determining the fair value of such securities utilises commonly accepted valuation techniques, including guideline public Group analysis and comparable transactions. In determining the fair value of non-public securities, the Group also considers events such as a proposed sale of the investee Group, initial public offerings, equity issuances or other observable transactions. Private equity securities are generally classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

In addition, the Group holds investments in certain alternative investment funds that calculate NAV per share, including hedge funds, private equity funds and real estate funds. Investments in funds are generally classified as non-marketable equity securities carried at fair value. The fair values of these investments are estimated using the NAV per share of the Group's ownership interest in the funds where it is not probable that the investment will be realised at a price other than the NAV.

Financial instruments at fair value

The following table shows an analysis of financial instruments recorded at fair value by level of the fair value hierarchy:

Group
Fair value at 31 December 2023 Fair value at 31 December 2022
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Total
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 1 28,895 179 29,075 1 22,274
Hedging derivatives - 2 - 2 - -
Trading assets 6,821 920 117 7,858 8,457 1,279
Investment securities 8,246 8,800 190 17,236 8,277 650
Reverse repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 1,540 - 1,540 - 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL - 543 23 566 - 208
Financial assets held at fair value 15,068 40,700 509 56,277 16,735 34,685
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 1 28,806 173 28,980 1 22,436
Hedging derivatives - 24 - 24 - -
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - - - - - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL and other financial liabilities held at FVTPL 7,887 42 - 7,929 13,514 -
Financial liabilities held at fair value 7,888 28,872 173 36,933 13,515 26,917
Group
Fair value at 31 December 2022
Level 3
$m
Total
$m
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 72 22,347
Hedging derivatives - -
Trading assets 159 9,895
Investment securities 145 9,072
Reverse repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL 394 602
Financial assets held at fair value 770 52,190
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 407 22,844
Hedging derivatives - -
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL and other financial liabilities held at FVTPL - 13,514
Financial liabilities held at fair value 407 40,839
Company
Fair value at 31 December 2023 Fair value at 31 December 2022
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Total
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 1 27,881 179 28,061 1 22,274
Trading assets 6,821 715 117 7,653 8,457 1,279
Investment securities 8,246 1,362 164 9,772 8,277 650
Reverse Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 1,540 - 1,540 - 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL - 543 23 566 - 208
Financial assets held at fair value 15,068 32,041 483 47,592 16,735 34,685
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 1 27,958 173 28,132 1 22,436
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - - - - - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL and other financial liabilities held at FVTPL 7,887 7 - 7,894 13,514 -
Financial liabilities held at fair value 7,888 27,965 173 36,026 13,515 26,917
Company
Fair value at 31 December 2022
Level 3
$m
Total
$m
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 72 22,347
Trading assets 159 9,895
Investment securities 145 9,072
Reverse Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 10,274
Other loans designated at FVTPL 394 602
Financial assets held at fair value 770 52,190
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 407 22,844
Repurchase agreements designated at FVTPL - 4,481
Short sales held at FVTPL and other financial liabilities held at FVTPL - 13,514
Financial liabilities held at fair value 407 40,839

Loans held at fair value through profit or loss, totalling $566 million (2022: $602 million) are included in the statement of financial position within loans and advances to customers. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are separately disclosed.

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Category

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022. The gains and losses presented below include changes in the fair value related to both observable and unobservable inputs.

The Group often hedges positions with offsetting positions that are classified in a different level. For example, the gains and losses for assets and liabilities in the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the effect of offsetting losses and gains on hedging instruments that may be classified in the Level 1 and Level 2 categories. In addition, the Group hedges items classified in the Level 3 category with instruments also classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The hedged items and related hedges are presented gross in the following tables:

Group
31 December 2023
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 1 January 72 159 145 394 (407) 363
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 26 - - 27
Purchases 11 207 - - (2) 216
Issues - - - - - -
Sales - (242) - - - (242)
Settlements (124) - - (59) 118 (65)
Transfer into Level 3 55 142 - 23 (59) 161
Transfer out of Level 3 (55) (182) - (131) 194 (173)
Total gains/ (losses)
- in Profit or loss 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
- in OCI - - - - - -
Balance at 31 December 179 117 190 23 (173) 337
Group
31 December 2022
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 1 January 194 78 138 94 (191) 313
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - - - - -
Purchases - 275 - - (1) 274
Issues - - - 54 - 54
Sales - (199) - (94) - (293)
Settlements (121) - - - 82 (39)
Transfer into Level 3 90 205 - 334 (423) 206
Transfer out of Level 3 (215) (119) - - 217 (117)
Total gains/ (losses)
- in Profit or loss 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)
- in OCI - - - - - -
Balance at 31 December 72 159 145 394 (407) 363

Total gains or losses for the year are presented in the income statement as follows:

Group
31 December 2023
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Total gains/ (losses) 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
Realised gains and losses
- Net trading income 39 61 - - (43) 57
- Net investment income - - - - - -
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - - - -
Unrealised gains and losses
- Net trading income 181 (28) - - 26 179
- Net investment income - - 19 - - 19
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - (204) - (204)
Total 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
Group
31 December 2022
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Total gains/ (losses) 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)
Realised gains and losses
- Net trading income 26 (90) - - 8 (56)
- Net investment income - - - - - -
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - - - -
Unrealised gains and losses
- Net trading income 98 9 - - (99) 8
- Net investment income - - 7 - - 7
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - 6 - 6
Total 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)
Company
31 December 2023
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 1 January 72 159 145 394 (407) 363
Purchases 11 207 - - (2) 216
Issues - - - - - -
Sales - (242) - - - (242)
Settlements (124) - - (59) 118 (65)
Transfer into Level 3 55 142 - 23 (59) 161
Transfer out of Level 3 (55) (181) - (131) 194 (173)
Total gains/ (losses)
in Profit or loss 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
in OCI - - - - - -
Balance at 31 December 179 117 164 23 (173) 310
Company
31 December 2022
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 1 January 194 78 138 94 (191) 313
Purchases - 275 - - (1) 274
Issues - - - 54 - 54
Sales - (199) - (94) - (293)
Settlements (121) - - - 82 (39)
Transfer into Level 3 90 205 - 334 (423) 206
Transfer out of Level 3 (215) (119) - - 217 (117)
Total gains/ (losses)
in Profit or loss 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)
in OCI - - - - - -
Balance at 31 December 72 159 145 394 (407) 363

Total gains or losses for the year are presented in the income statement as follows:

Company
2023
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Total gains/ (losses) 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
Realised gains and losses
- Net trading income 39 61 - - (43) 57
- Net investment income - - - - -
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - - - -
Unrealised gains and losses
- Net trading income 181 (28) - - 26 179
- Net investment income - - 19 - - 19
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - (204) - (204)
Total 220 33 19 (204) (17) 51
Company
2022
Derivative financial assets
$m
Trading assets
$m
Investment securities
$m
Loans held at fair value through profit/ loss
$m
Derivative financial liabilities
$m
Total
$m
Total gains/ (losses) 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)
Realised gains and losses
- Net trading income 26 (90) - - 8 (56)
- Net investment income - - - - - -
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - - - -
Unrealised gains and losses
- Net trading income 98 9 - - (99) 8
- Net investment income - - 7 - - 7
- Net income from other financial instruments designated at FVTPL - - - 6 - 6
Total 124 (81) 7 6 (91) (35)

During the 12 months ended 31 December 2023, transfers of Funded Collars from Level 3 to Level 2 was driven by pricing uncertainty becoming less significant relative to the overall valuation. Transfers of Corporate Loans into/out of L3 was driven by a change in observability and pricing uncertainty became more/less significant relative to the overall valuation.

Valuation Techniques and Inputs for Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The Group's Level 3 inventory consists of both cash instruments and derivatives of varying complexity.

The following tables present the valuation techniques covering the majority of Level 3 inventory and the most significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements. Differences between this table and amounts presented in the Level 3 Fair Value Rollforward table represent individually immaterial items that have been measured using a variety of valuation techniques other than those listed.

2023

Group Company Group
Fair value
$m $m Methodology Significant Unobservable Input Low High
Assets
Model-based IR Normal Volatility % 0.32 1.57
Model-based Interest Rate % 2.70 5.40
Model-based Inflation Volatility % 0.42 6.83
Model-based Yield % -0.07 12.05
Model-based IR Basis % -1.45 147.79
Derivative contracts 179 179 Model-based FX Volatility % 3.56 28.13
Model-based Equity Volatility % 0.10 334.35
Model-based Equity Forward % 54.14 273.54
Price-based Price $ 100.11 100.76
Model-based Credit Spread bps 17.90 252.20
Model-based Recovery Rate % 25.00 40.00
Trading assets 117 117 Model-based Credit Spread bps 4.0 500.0
Price-based Price $ 0.01 100.5
Loans held at fair value through profit/loss 23 23 Model-based Credit Spread bps 4.00 500.00
Comparables Analysis PE Ratio 9.3 16.5
Investment equity securities 190 164 Comparables Analysis Discount for Lack of Marketability % 10.0 10.0
Comparables Analysis EBITDA Multiples 15.8 15.8
Model based Cost of equity % 11.0 11.5
Liabilities
Model-based IR Normal Volatility % 0.32 1.57
Model-based Interest Rate % 2.70 5.40
Model-based Inflation Volatility % 0.42 6.83
Model-based Yield % -0.07 12.05
Derivative contracts 173 173 Model-based IR Basis % -1.45 147.79
Model-based FX Volatility % 3.56 28.13
Model-based Equity Volatility % 0.10 334.35
Model-based Equity Forward % 54.14 273.54
Price-based Price $ 1.00 250.00
Model-based Credit Spread bps 17.90 252.20
Model-based Recovery Rate % 25.00 40.00
Company
Low High
Assets
0.32 1.57
2.70 5.40
0.42 6.83
-0.07 12.05
-1.45 147.79
Derivative contracts 3.56 28.13
0.10 334.35
54.14 273.54
100.11 100.76
17.90 252.20
25.00 40.00
Trading assets 4.0 500.0
0.01 100.5
Loans held at fair value through profit/loss 4.00 500.00
9.3 16.5
Investment equity securities 10.0 10.0
15.8 15.8
- 8-
Liabilities
0.32 1.57
2.70 5.40
0.42 6.83
-0.07 12.05
Derivative contracts -1.45 147.79
3.56 28.13
0.10 334.35
54.14 273.54
1.00 250.00
17.90 252.20
25.00 40.00

2022

Group and Company Fair value Group and Company
Assets $m Methodology Input Low High
Model-based Credit Spread (basis point) 24.8 320.4
Model-based Inflation Volatility % 0.48 2.77
Model-based Yield % -0.5 1.53
Model-based FX Volatility % 2 40
Derivative contracts 72 Model-based IR basis % -4.23 9.68
Model-based IR Normal Volatility % 0.33 112.51
Price-based Price $ 100.12 102.49
Model-based Recovery Rate % 40 40
Trading assets 159 Price-based Price $ - 100.0
Model-based Equity Volatility % 0.05 300.72
Loans held at fair value through profit/loss 394 Model-based Equity Forward % 68.34 271.61
Price-based Price $ 0.00 110.00
Investment equity securities 145 Price-based Discount to price % 27.00 28.00
Comparables Analysis EBITDA Multiples 17.1 17.10
Comparables Analysis PE Ratio 15.2 15.20
Liabilities
Model-based Credit Spread (basis point) 24.8 246.9
Model-based Recovery Rate % 40.0 40.0
Model-based Upfront Points % 8.5 8.5
Price-based Price $ 100.0 100.2
Derivative contracts 407 Model-based FX Volatility % 2.0 40.0
Model-based IR basis % (4.2) 9.7
Model-based Yield % (0.5) 1.5
Model-based IR Normal Volatility % 0.3 112.5
Model-based Inflation Volatility % 0.5 2.8
Model-based Equity Volatility % 0.1 300.7
Model-based Equity Forward % 68.3 271.6

Uncertainty of Fair Value Measurements Relating to Unobservable Inputs

Valuation uncertainty arises when there is insufficient or disperse market data to allow a precise determination of the exit value of a fair-valued position or portfolio in today's market. This is especially prevalent in Level 3 fair value instruments, where uncertainty exists in valuation inputs that may be both unobservable and significant to the instrument's (or portfolio's) overall fair value measurement.

The uncertainties associated with key unobservable inputs on the Level 3 fair value measurements may not be independent of one another. In addition, the amount and direction of the uncertainty on a fair value measurement for a given change in an unobservable input depends on the nature of the instrument as well as whether the Group holds the instrument as an asset or a liability. For certain instruments, the pricing, hedging and risk management are sensitive to the correlation between various inputs rather than on the analysis and aggregation of the individual inputs.

The following section describes some of the most significant unobservable inputs used by the Group in Level 3 fair value measurements.

Correlation

Correlation is a measure of the extent to which two or more variables change in relation to each other. A variety of correlation-related assumptions are required for a wide range of instruments, including equity and credit baskets, foreign exchange options, Credit Index Tranches and many other instruments.

For almost all of these instruments, correlations are not directly observable in the market and must be calculated using alternative sources, including historical information. Estimating correlation can be especially difficult where it may vary over time, and calculating correlation information from market data requires significant assumptions regarding the informational efficiency of the market (e.g., swaption markets).

Uncertainty therefore exists when an estimate of the appropriate level of correlation as an input into some fair value measurements is required. Changes in correlation levels can have a substantial impact, favorable or unfavorable, on the value of an instrument, depending on its nature. A change in the default correlation of the fair value of the underlying bonds comprising a CDO structure would affect the fair value of the senior tranche. For example, an increase in the default correlation of the underlying bonds would reduce the fair value of the senior tranche, because highly correlated instruments produce greater losses in the event of default and a portion of these losses would become attributable to the senior tranche. That same change in default correlation would have a different impact on junior tranches of the same structure.

Volatility

Volatility represents the speed and severity of market price changes and is a key factor in pricing options. Volatility generally depends on the tenor of the underlying instrument and the strike price or level defined in the contract. Volatilities for certain combinations of tenor and strike are not observable and need to be estimated using alternative methods, such as comparable instruments, historical analysis or other sources of market information. This leads to uncertainty around the final fair value measurement of instruments with unobservable volatilities.

The general relationship between changes in the value of an instrument (or a portfolio) to changes in volatility also depends on changes in interest rates and the level of the underlying index. Generally, long option positions (assets) benefit from increases in volatility, whereas short option positions (liabilities) will suffer losses. Some instruments are more sensitive to changes in volatility than others. For example, an at-the-money option would experience a greater percentage change in its fair value than a deep-in-the-money option. In addition, the fair value of an option with more than one underlying security (e.g., an option on a basket of equities) depends on the volatility of the individual underlying securities as well as their correlations.

Yield

In some circumstances, the yield of an instrument is not observable in the market and must be estimated from historical data or from yields of similar securities. This estimated yield may need to be adjusted to capture the characteristics of the security being valued. Whenever the amount of the adjustment is significant to the value of the security, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 3. Adjusted yield is generally used to discount the projected future principal and interest cash flows on instruments, such as asset-backed securities. Adjusted yield is impacted by changes in the interest rate environment and relevant credit spreads.

Prepayment

Voluntary unscheduled payments (prepayments) change the future cash flows for the investor and thereby change the fair value of the security. The effect of prepayments is more pronounced for residential mortgage-backed securities. Prepayment is generally negatively correlated with delinquency and interest rate. A combination of low prepayments and high delinquencies amplifies each input's negative impact on a mortgage securities' valuation. As prepayment speeds change, the weighted average life of the security changes, which impacts the valuation either positively or negatively, depending upon the nature of the security and the direction of the change in the weighted average life.

Recovery

Recovery is the proportion of the total outstanding balance of a bond or loan that is expected to be collected in a liquidation scenario. For many credit securities (e.g., commercial mortgage backed securities), the expected recovery amount of a defaulted property is typically unknown until a liquidation of the property is imminent.

The assumed recovery of a security may differ from its actual recovery that will be observable in the future. Generally, an increase in the recovery rate assumption increases the fair value of the security. An increase in loss severity, the inverse of the recovery rate, reduces the amount of principal available for distribution and, as a result, decreases the fair value of the security.

Credit Spread

Credit spread is a component of the security representing its credit quality. Credit spread reflects the market perception of changes in prepayment, delinquency and recovery rates, therefore capturing the impact of other variables on the fair value.

Changes in credit spread affect the fair value of securities differently depending on the characteristics and maturity profile of the security. For example, credit spread is a more significant driver of the fair value measurement of a high yield bond as compared to an investment grade bond. Generally, the credit spread for an investment grade bond is also more observable and less volatile than its high yield counterpart.

Sensitivity of Level 3 measurements

The implementation of valuation techniques involves a considerable degree of judgement. While the Group believes its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different measurements or assumptions could lead to different fair values. The following table sets out the impact of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in the valuation methodology at 31 December 2023 and 2022:

Group
2023 2022
Level 3 Level 3
Effect on income statement Effect on income statement
Favourable
$m
Unfavourable
$m
Favourable
$m
Unfavourable
$m
Classes of financial assets
Derivative financial assets - - 19 (19)
Investment securities - equity 31 (31) 17 (17)
Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL - - 36 (36)
Total 31 (31) 72 (72)
Classes of financial liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities - - 19 (19)
Other financial liabilities measured at FVTPL - - 17 (17)
Total - - 36 (36)
Company
2023 2022
Level 3 Level 3
Effect on income statement Effect on income statement
Favourable
$m
Unfavourable
$m
Favourable
$m
Unfavourable
$m
Classes of financial assets
Derivative financial assets - - 19 (19)
Investment securities - equity 27 (27) 17 (17)
Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL - - 36 (36)
Total 27 (27) 72 (72)
Classes of financial liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities - - 19 (19)
Other financial liabilities measured at FVTPL - - 17 (17)
Total - - 36 (36)

Estimated fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value

Set out below, is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group's financial instruments that are not carried at fair value in the financial statements. This table does not include the fair values of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities.

Other financial assets are primarily made up of receivables balances from the Group's treasury and trade solutions and markets and securities services businesses.

The following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the financial assets and financial liabilities used in the tables on the next page:

The fair value for loans and advances and other lending are estimated using internal valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis. If available, the Group may also use quoted prices for recent trading activity of assets with similar characteristics to the loan being valued. In certain cases, the carrying value approximates fair value because the instruments are short term in nature or reprice frequently.

Fair values of customer account, deposit liabilities, other assets and other liabilities are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying either market rates where practicable, or rates currently offered by the Group for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Where market rates are used no adjustment is made for counterparty credit spreads.

The carrying amount of cash on hand and balances at central bank is a reasonable approximation of fair value due to the short term nature of the balances.

The table below sets out the estimated fair value, at Level 1, 2 and 3 of those assets and liabilities not held at fair value in the statement of financial position.

Group
31 December 2023 Estimated fair value
Carrying value
$m
Estimated fair value
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,476 45,476 45,476 - -
Loans and advances to banks 2,529 2,521 - 2,521 -
Loans and advances to customers 24,498 24,393 - - 24,393
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost 14,344 14,344 - 14,013 331
Other assets Investment securities at amortised 10,125 10,125 - - 10,125
cost 254 254 - - 254
Total financial assets 97,226 97,113 45,476 16,534 35,103
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 11,218 11,182 - 11,182 -
Customer accounts 64,891 64,684 - 64,684 -
Subordinated liabilities 8,482 8,455 - 8,455 -
Repurchase agreements at amortised cost 968 965 - 965 -
Other liabilities 12,162 12,124 - 7,854 4,270
Total financial liabilities 97,721 97,410 - 93,140 4,270
Company
31 December 2023 Estimated fair value
Carrying value
$m
Estimated fair value
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 45,338 45,338 45,338 - -
Loans and advances to banks 2,573 2,573 - 2,573 -
Loans and advances to customers 20,100 20,044 - - 20,044
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost 10,455 10,455 - 10,173 282
Other assets 9,483 9,483 - - 9,483
Total financial assets 87,949 87,893 45,338 12,746 29,809
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 10,870 10,835 - 10,835 -
Customer accounts 51,225 51,061 - 51,061 -
Subordinated liabilities Repurchase agreements at amortised 8,482 8,455 - 8,455 -
cost 964 961 - 961 -
Other liabilities 11,263 11,227 - 7,215 4,012
Total financial liabilities 82,804 82,539 - 78,527 4,012
Group
31 December 2022 Estimated fair value
Carrying value
$m
Estimated fair value
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 32,915 32,915 32,915 - -
Loans and advances to banks 2,426 2,426 - 2,426 -
Loans and advances to customers 19,151 19,076 - - 19,076
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost 11,902 11,902 - 11,046 856
Other assets 10,183 10,183 - - 10,183
Total financial assets 76,577 76,502 32,915 13,472 30,115
Liabilities
Deposits from banks 8,908 8,863 - 8,863 -
Customer accounts 49,072 48,827 - 48,827 -
Subordinated liabilities 4,455 4,432 - 4,432 -
Repurchase agreements at amortised cost 916 911 - 911 -
Other liabilities 15,333 15,255 - 7,646 7,609
Total financial liabilities 78,684 78,288 - 70,679 7,609
Company
31 December 2022 (Restated) Estimated fair value
Carrying value
$m
Estimated fair value
$m
Level 1
$m
Level 2
$m
Level 3
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 32,911 32,911 32,911 - -
Loans and advances to banks * 2,426 2,426 - 2,426 -
Loans and advances to customers * 19,089 19,011 - - 19,011
Reverse repurchase agreements at amortised cost * 11,902 11,904 - 11,046 858
Other assets 10,183 10,183 - - 10,183
Total financial assets 76,511 76,435 32,911 13,472 30,052
Liabilities
Deposits from banks 8,858 8,814 - 8,814 -
Customer accounts 49,072 48,827 - 48,827 -
Repurchase agreements at amortised cost * 916 911 - 911 -
Subordinated liabilities 4,455 4,432 - 4,432 -
Other liabilities * 15,331 15,255 - 6,735 8,520
Total financial liabilities 78,632 78,239 - 69,719 8,520

* To provide more relevant information to the readers of the financial statements reverse repurchase agreement and repurchase agreement balances have been presented separately from Loans and advances to banks and customers and Other liabilities respectively. Comparative balances have also been updated accordingly.

26. Hedge accounting

The Group hedges against the risk of change in the fair value of fixed interest rate debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. The hedged risk results from changes in interest rates. In respect of hedge accounting the Group applies IAS 39.

As at 31 December 2023 the Group had an active hedging relationship (2022: none), details are presented below.

Hedge accounting of fair value and hedge effectiveness

Hedging item Group
As at 31 December Notional value Balance value Listing in the statements of financial position Change in fair value used to take hold of hedge ineffectiveness
$m Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
$m
Interest rate risk IRS Transactions 816 2 24 Hedging derivatives (10)
Hedged item Group
As at 31 December Balance value Cumulative amount of hedging fair value in balance value of hedged item corrections Listing in the statements of financial position Change in fair value used to hedge ineffectiveness
Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
$m
Interest rate risk Bank bonds 720 - 22 Investment securities 9
Hedge effectiveness Group
As at 31 December Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in income statement
$m
Listing in the income statement
Interest rate (1) Net gain/(loss) on hedge accounting

Cumulated amounts of adjustments related to fair value hedges included in the statement of financial position for all hedged items, with respect for which adjustments for gains and losses on fair value hedging have ceased, amounted to $27 million (2022: $nil) as at 31 December 2023.

27. Property and equipment

Group
Cost Right-of-use assets Leasehold improvements Vehicles, furniture and equipment
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 174 112 77 75 95 91
Additions 51 66 18 7 18 16
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 25 - 77 - 20 -
Acquisitions - - 7 2 7 1
Disposals - - (7) (2) (4) (1)
Write-offs - - (2) - (1) (2)
Foreign exchange - (4) 6 (5) 7 (10)
At 31 December 250 174 176 77 142 95
Group
Cost Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 346 278
Additions 87 89
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 122 -
Acquisitions 14 3
Disposals (11) (3)
Write-offs (3) (2)
Foreign exchange 13 (19)
At 31 December 568 346
Depreciation Right-of-use assets Leasehold improvements Vehicles, furniture and equipment
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 72 50 35 37 56 51
Charged in year 27 20 11 7 16 12
Acquisitions - - - - 1 -
Disposals - - (5) (1) (4) (1)
Write-offs - - (2) - (1) (1)
Foreign exchange (1) 2 5 (8) 4 (5)
At 31 December 98 72 44 35 72 56
Net carrying value 152 102 132 42 70 39
Depreciation Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 163 138
Charged in year 54 39
Acquisitions 1 -
Disposals (9) (2)
Write-offs (3) (1)
Foreign exchange 8 (11)
At 31 December 214 163
Net carrying value 354 183
Company
Cost Right-of-use assets Leasehold improvements Vehicles, furniture and equipment
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 174 112 77 75 95 91
Additions 48 66 7 7 18 16
Acquisitions - - 7 2 4 1
Disposals - - (2) (2) (4) (1)
Write-offs - - (2) - (1) (2)
Foreign exchange 1 (4) 6 (5) 8 (10)
At 31 December 223 174 93 77 120 95
Company
Cost Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 346 278
Additions 73 89
Acquisitions 11 3
Disposals (6) (3)
Write-offs (3) (2)
Foreign exchange 15 (19)
At 31 December 436 346
Depreciation Right-of-use assets Leasehold improvements Vehicles, furniture and equipment
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 72 50 35 37 56 51
Charged in year 26 20 7 7 15 12
Acquisitions - - - - - -
Disposals - - (1) (1) (4) (1)
Write-offs - - (2) - (1) (1)
Foreign exchange - 2 5 (8) 5 (5)
At 31 December 98 72 44 35 71 56
Net carrying value 125 102 49 42 49 39
Depreciation Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 163 138
Charged in year 48 39
Acquisitions - -
Disposals (5) (2)
Write-offs (3) (1)
Foreign exchange 10 (11)
At 31 December 213 163
Net carrying value 223 183

There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of property and equipment during the year (2022: $nil).

28. Intangible assets

Group
Cost Goodwill Computer software Other Intangibles
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 45 47 251 225 30 32
Additions 21 - 51 25 - -
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 247 - 57 - - -
Transfer In - - - - - -
Acquisitions - - - - - -
Transfer out - - - - - -
Disposals - - (2) - (23) -
Impairment - - - - - -
Foreign exchange - (2) (1) 1 3 (2)
At 31 December 313 45 356 251 10 30
Group
Cost Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 326 304
Additions 72 25
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 304 -
Transfer In - -
Acquisitions - -
Transfer out - -
Disposals (25) -
Impairment - -
Foreign exchange 2 (3)
At 31 December 679 326
Amortisation and impairment losses Goodwill Computer software Other Intangibles
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 27 27 153 138 26 30
Additions 6 - 9 - - -
Amortisation - - 20 16 1 1
Acquisitions - - - - - -
Transfer out - - - - - -
Disposals - - - - (23) -
Impairment - - (1) (1) - -
Foreign exchange (2) - (3) - 4 (5)
At 31 December 31 27 178 153 8 26
Net carrying value 282 18 178 98 2 4
Amortisation and impairment losses Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 206 195
Additions 15 -
Amortisation 21 17
Acquisitions - -
Transfer out - -
Disposals (23) -
Impairment (1) (1)
Foreign exchange (1) (5)
At 31 December 217 206
Net carrying value 462 120
Company
Cost Goodwill Computer software Other Intangibles
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 45 47 251 225 30 32
Additions - - 32 25 - -
Transfer In - - - - - -
Acquisitions - - - - - -
Transfer out - - - - - -
Disposals - - - - (23) -
Impairment - - (2) - - -
Foreign exchange 1 (2) (1) 1 3 (2)
At 31 December 46 45 280 251 10 30
Company
Cost Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 326 304
Additions 32 25
Transfer In - -
Acquisitions - -
Transfer out - -
Disposals (23) -
Impairment (2) -
Foreign exchange 3 (3)
At 31 December 336 326
Amortisation and impairment losses Goodwill Computer software Other Intangibles
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 27 27 153 138 26 30
Additions - - - - - -
Amortisation - - 17 16 1 1
Acquisitions - - - - - -
Transfer out - - - - - -
Disposals - - - - (23) -
Impairment - - (1) (1) - -
Foreign exchange (1) - (2) - 4 (5)
At 31 December 26 27 167 153 8 26
Net carrying value 20 18 113 98 2 4
Amortisation and impairment losses Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
At 1 January 206 195
Additions - -
Amortisation 18 17
Acquisitions - -
Transfer out - -
Disposals (23) -
Impairment (1) (1)
Foreign exchange 1 (5)
At 31 December 201 206
Net carrying value 135 120

An intangible asset is impaired when its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. When testing intangible assets for impairment, the Group and the Company will determine the recoverable amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit to be the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The value in use amount is determined using a model based on the discounted cash flow method. The cash flow projections are based on business plans approved by management covering a five year period, or greater if deemed appropriate by management.

The Goodwill acquired from BHW arises from the merger of BHW and Citibank (Poland) S.A and has been allocated to Institutional Bank and Consumer bank cash generating units. The remaining Goodwill was allocated to the Direct Custody and Clearing business, the Fund administration business and the Institutional Bank and Consumer Bank cash generating units. The cash flow projections in respect of the Direct Custody and Clearing business and Fund administration business cover a ten year period. In case of Institutional Bank and Consumer bank cash generating units, the basis of valuation of the recoverable amount for a unit is the value in use, assessed on the basis financial plan. The plan is based on rational assumptions about future facts that reflect management assessment of future economic conditions and expected results of the Bank. The plan is periodically updated and approved by the Bank's Supervisory Board. The board accepted a 3-year time period for the process of financial planning.

The cash flows used to estimate the operating profit projections reflect the current market assessment of the risk of the cash-generating units. Operating profit in the business plan, approved by management reflects the best estimate of future profits based on both historical experience and expected growth rates.

In regards of Direct Custody and Clearing business and the Fund administration business the discount rate used to estimate the cash flows is the SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate). In regards of Institutional Bank and Consumer Bank cash generating units, the valuation used different discount rates for each year of forecast (11.1-12.3) estimated using a beta coefficient for the banking sector, a risk premium and risk-free rate. The key assumptions reflect past experience and consider external sources of information, and are detailed in the table below.

There was no evidence of impairment arising from the review of the goodwill. A summary of the allocation of goodwill within the units is presented below:

Group
Cash generating unit Goodwill Growth rate Discount rate
Institutional Clients Group 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023 2022 2023 2022
- Direct custody and clearing business 13 12 4% 8% -3.425 -3.438
- Fund administration business 7 6 1 % 1 % -3.120 -3.438
- Institutional Bank 216 - 2.5 % n/a 11.1-12.3 n/a
- Consumer Bank 46 - 2.5 % n/a 11.1-12.3 n/a
Total 282 18
Company
Cash generating unit Goodwill Growth rate Discount rate
Institutional Clients Group 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023 2022 2023 2022
- Direct custody and clearing business 13 12 4% 8% -3.425 -3.438
- Fund administration business 7 6 1 % 1 % -3.120 -3.438
Total 20 18

The model is sensitive to changes in the growth rate. The growth rate is aligned to the cash generating units strategic plan.

Management believes that reasonable changes in key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amounts would not result in a material impairment.

29. Deferred tax

The movement on the deferred tax is as follows:

Group
Balances at 1 January 2023/ Acquisition of Bank Handlowy
$m
Recognised in the Income statement
$m
Recognised in statement of other comprehensive income
$m
Balances at 31 December 2023
$m
Property, equipment and intangible assets 76 5 - 81
Investment securities at FVOCI 72 - (33) 39
Pension and other retirement benefits 10 1 1 12
Allowances for expected credit losses - - - -
Tax loss carry-forward 46 1 - 47
Other temporary differences 67 (23) - 44
FX Translation - - 6 6
Total Deferred Tax 271 (16) (26) 229
- of which Deferred Tax Asset 288 242
- of which Deferred Tax Liability 17 13
Balances at 1 January 2022
$m
Recognised in the Income statement
$m
Recognised in statement of other comprehensive income
$m
Balances at 31 December 2022
$m
Property, equipment and intangible assets 170 (44) - 126
Investment securities at FVOCI 4 (1) 70 73
Pension and other retirement benefits 29 (5) (16) 8
Allowances for expected credit losses - - - -
Tax loss carry-forward 45 (7) - 38
Other temporary differences 12 4 - 16
FX Translation (33) - 10 (23)
Total Deferred Tax 227 (53) 64 238
- of which Deferred Tax Asset 247 255
- of which Deferred Tax Liability 20 17
Company
Balances at 1 January 2023
$m
Recognised in the Income statement
$m
Recognised in statement of other comprehensive income
$m
Balances at 31 December 2023
$m
Property, equipment and intangible assets 76 5 - 81
Investment securities at FVOCI 72 - (33) 39
Pension and other retirement benefits 10 1 1 12
Allowances for expected credit losses - - - -
Tax loss carry-forward 46 1 - 47
Other temporary differences 34 (19) - 15
FX Translation - - 6 6
Total Deferred Tax 238 (12) (26) 200
- of which Deferred Tax Asset 255 213
- of which Deferred Tax Liability 17 13
Balances at 1 January 2022
$m
Recognised in the Income statement
$m
Recognised in statement of other comprehensive income
$m
Balances at 31 December 2022
$m
Property, equipment and intangible assets 170 (44) - 126
Investment securities at FVOCI 4 (1) 70 73
Pension and other retirement benefits 29 (5) (16) 8
Allowances for expected credit losses - - - -
Tax loss carry-forward 45 (7) - 38
Other temporary differences 12 4 - 16
FX Translation (33) - 10 (23)
Total Deferred Tax 227 (53) 64 238
- of which Deferred Tax Asset 247 255
- of which Deferred Tax Liability 20 17

Current tax asset of $73 million includes $40 million in relation to Ireland, $21 million in relation to the UK branch and $10 million in relation to the Italian branch for the year 2023.

30. Shares in subsidiaries

Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
1 January 2023 14 14
Acquisition of BHW 1,699 -
31 December 2023 1,713 14

The Company has investments in the ordinary shares of the following subsidiaries:

Name Country of incorporation business Nature of business Year end Registered office Percentage ownership
CitiCapital Leasing (March) Limited United Kingdom Lease finance 31 March Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5LB, United Kingdom 100 %
Bank Handlowy w Warszawa S.A. Poland Bank 31 December 16 ul. Senatorska, 00-923 Warszawa, Poland 75 %

Please refer to note 35. Business transfer under common control for further details in relation to acquisition of BHW.

The Company reviews its investment in subsidiaries for impairment at the end of each reporting period if there are indications that impairment may have occurred. The testing for possible impairment involves comparing the estimated recoverable amount of an investment with its carrying amount. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, the difference is recognised as an impairment provision in the Company's financial statements.

The Company has determined that the recoverable amount of its investment in BHW was $2,204 million which was higher than the carrying value of $1,699 million. Therefore no impairment was deemed to be required.

The recoverable amount was determined based on the mid-point fair value of the four valuation methods detailed below:

Valuation Methodology Key Inputs Key Inputs Applied
Income Approach Growth rate Long term growth rate of 2.5% based on the long term inflation target of the ECB.
Cash flow discount rate Cash flows are discounted at a cost of equity of 12.5% For consistency with the Trading Multiples Approach, a marketability discount of 15% was also applied
Gordon Growth Model Growth rate Long term growth rate of 2.5% based on the long term inflation target of the ECB.
Cash flow discount rate Cash flows are discounted at a cost of equity of 12.5%
Trading Multiples approach Price to Book Value discount rate 20% control premium, to reflect that 100% of CEP valued whereas the listed peer multiples reflect minority ownership. 10% size discount.
Transaction Multiples approach Adjustment to observed trading multiples No adjustment to observed multiples.

31. Subordinated liabilities

First call date Currency 2023
$m
2022
$m
Interest Rate Maturity Date
2021 GBP 763 722 SONIA + 98bps 6 December 2026
2021 EUR 3,868 3,733 ESTR +99bps 7 December 2028
2023 USD 1,000 - SOFR+211bps 6 December 2030
2023 EUR 2,651 - ESTR + 176.7bps 6 December 2030
2023 USD 200 - SOFR+136bps 7 December 2026
8,482 4,455

As at 31 December 2023, subordinated liabilities consists of $8,482 million (2022: $4,455 million) of subordinated loan borrowings from Citibank, N.A. Interest expense incurred during the year with respect to subordinated loans and charged to the income statement amounted to $ 217 million (2022: $ 54 million).

The loan is subordinated to the claims of other creditors, pari passu with creditors in respect of other liabilities that have the lower ranking of claims that is referred to in Section 1428A(1)(c)(iii) of Companies Act 2014, but will rank ahead of the rights of the shareholders, and the holders of (or other creditors in respect of) Additional Tier 1 instruments and Tier 2 instruments.

The Company did not have any defaults of principal or interest or other breaches with respect to its subordinated liabilities during the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: none).

32. Provisions

Provisions recorded for restructuring largely relate to termination benefits. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits.

Provision for expected credit loss (ECL) for commitments and guarantees given are recorded for committed loans, when the Group and the Company has contractual obligation to provide funds for clients, or for any contractual commitments which are not recorded on the statement of financial position.

Provisions are recognised when there is a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the statement of financial position date. The provisions are expected to be used during the year ending 31 December 2024.

Group
Restructuring provision
$m
Other provisions
$m
Total
$m
31 December 2023
Opening balance 6 2 8
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 1 13 14
Provisions made during the year 47 4 51
Provisions utilised during the year (5) - (5)
Provisions released during the year (9) - (9)
Other movements 1 - 1
Closing balance 41 19 60
Commitments and guarantees 89
Total provision balance 149
Group
Restructuring provision
$m
Other provisions
$m
Total
$m
31 December 2022
Opening balance 6 3 9
Provisions made during the year 4 - 4
Provisions utilised during the year (2) - (2)
Provisions released during the year (1) (1) (2)
Other movements (1) - (1)
Closing balance 6 2 8
Commitments and guarantees 123
Total provision balance 131
Company
Restructuring provision
$m
Other provisions
$m
Total
$m
31 December 2023
Opening balance 6 2 8
Provisions made during the year 47 2 49
Provisions utilised during the year (5) - (5)
Provisions released during the year (9) - (9)
Other movements 1 1 2
Closing balance 40 5 45
Commitments and guarantees 80
Total provision balance 125
Restructuring provision
$m
Other provisions
$m
Total
$m
31 December 2022
Opening balance 6 3 9
Provisions made during the year 5 - 5
Provisions utilised during the year (2) - (2)
Provisions released during the year (1) (1) (2)
Other movements (2) - (2)
Closing balance 6 2 8
Commitments and guarantees 123
Total provision balance 131

33. Other liabilities

Group Company
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Other liabilities
Accounts payable 5,223 4,778 5,182 4,778
Margin account obligations 6,028 5,420 5,387 5,419
Short sales 7,929 13,514 7,894 13,514
Retirement obligations (Note 15) 156 121 132 121
Right-of use lease liability 162 110 133 110
Accruals and deferred income 377 278 319 278
Other 216 143 110 144
20,091 24,364 19,157 24,364

Accounts payable predominantly relates to obligations arising from the Group's and Company's transaction services business. The other balances include amounts payable to other financial institutions, corporates and other group entities, primarily relating to prepaid risk participations, items in the process of settlement and margin account obligations.

Settlement of these accounts are short term in nature, balances can fluctuate depending on the underlying business activity.

Margin accounts obligations reflects the Group's and Company's obligation to pay collateral back to clients upon their own settlement of margin calls as they arise.

Short sales represent payables arising from short sale transactions where securities and money market instruments are sold but not owned at the time of the transaction.

34. Called up share capital

Group and Company
31 December 2023 31 December 2022 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Number of Ordinary shares $m $m
Authorised
At the end of the year 5,000,000,000 5,000,000,000 4,692 4,692
Share capital
Allotted, called-up and fully paid Ordinary shares of a par value of €1 each 9,741,291 9,741,290 11 11
Share premium
At the end of the year 1,963 1,963

35. Business transfer under common control

As noted in the Directors Report on 15 November 2023, as part of the Intermediate Parent Undertaking Transaction, 75% of the shareholding of BHW was transferred from Citibank Overseas Investment Corporation ("COIC") to CEP.

Prior to completion of the Intermediate Parent Undertaking Transaction both CEP and BHW were direct subsidiaries of COIC and thus the transfer of the shareholding was deemed to be between entities under common control. Under IFRS, transactions between entities under common control, the carrying value of CEP's investment in BHW has been recorded at the book value of the underlying equity of BHW. At the date of acquisition 75% of BHW book value was $1,699 million.

The premise of the transaction was that CEP paid $200 million in the form of a subordinated debt recorded at fair-value. The remaining portion of COICs 75% holding in BHW was contributed to CEP for no consideration. The Reserves increase due to the transfer of BHW from COIC to CEP was $1,499 million (-$45 million Merger Reserve and +1,544 million Capital Reserves).

The book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Bank Handlowy Warszwie at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Assets $m
Cash and cash equivalents 190
Trading assets 208
Derivative financial instruments - Trading 1,857
Derivative financial instruments - Hedging 4
Investment securities 5,412
Loans and advances 10,211
Shares in subsidiary undertakings 23
Other assets 133
Current tax asset -
Goodwill and Intangible assets 313
Property and equipment 123
Deferred tax assets 33
Total assets 18,507
Liabilities $m
Deposits 13,381
Derivative financial instruments - Trading 1,493
Derivative financial instruments - Hedging 21
Current tax liability 94
Provisions 26
Deferred tax liabilities -
Other liabilities * 1,227
Total liabilities 16,242
Book value -100% 2,265
Book value -75% 1,699

For the two months to 31 December 2023, BHW contributed revenue amounting to $176 million and a profit of $59 million to the Group's results. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2023, consolidated revenue would have been $5,257 million, and consolidated profit for the year would have been $ 2,227 million.

36. Non-controlling interest

Acquisition of NCI

As noted in the Directors Report on 15 November 2023, as part of the Intermediate Parent Undertaking Transaction, 75% of the shareholding of BHW was transferred from Citibank Overseas Investment Corporation ("COIC") which resulted in a 25% NCI. The at acquisition share of BHW net asset value being $566 million ($2,265 million x 25%) and full year share of BHW post acquisition reserves $51 million.

Group
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
1 January 2023 - -
Additions 566 -
Non-controlling interests share of post acquisition reserves 51 -
31 December 2023 617 -

37. Share-based incentive plans

As part of the Group's remuneration programme it participates in a number of Citigroup share-based incentive plans. These plans involve the granting of stock options, restricted or deferred share awards and share payments. Such awards are used to attract, retain and motivate officers and employees to provide incentives for their contributions to the long-term performance and growth of the Group, and to align their interests with those of the shareholders. The award programmes are administered by the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Citigroup Inc. Board of the Directors, which is composed entirely of non-employee Directors.

In the share award programme Citigroup issues common shares in the form of restricted share awards, deferred share awards and share payments. For all stock award programmes during the applicable vesting period, the shares awarded are not issued to participants (in the case of a deferred stock award) or cannot be sold or transferred by the participants (in the case of a restricted stock award), until after the vesting conditions have be satisfied. Recipients of deferred share awards do not have any shareholder rights until shares are delivered to them, but they generally are entitled to receive dividend-equivalent payments during the vesting period. Recipients of restricted share awards are entitled to a limited voting right and to receive dividend or dividendequivalent payments during the vesting period. Once a share award vests the shares become freely transferable, but in the case of certain employees, may be subject to transfer restriction by their terms or share ownership commitment.

Stock award programme

The Group participates in Citigroup's Capital Accumulation Programme (CAP) programme, under which shares of Citigroup common stock are awarded in the form of restricted or deferred stock to participating employees, Additionally, the phantom shares of BHW are offered to selected employees.

Generally, CAP awards of restricted or deferred stock constitute a percentage of annual incentive compensation and vest rateably over a three or four-year period beginning on or around the first anniversary of the award date. Continuous employment within Citigroup is generally required to vest in CAP and other stock award programmes.

The programme provides that employees who meet certain age plus years-of-service requirements (retirement-eligible employees) may terminate active employment and continue vesting in their awards provided they comply with specified non-compete provisions. Awards granted to retirement-eligible employees are accrued in the year prior to the grant date in the same manner as cash incentive compensation is accrued as effectively there are no vesting conditions.

BHW has amended remuneration policies by introducing a possibility to payout financial instrument in form of existing shares in the capital of the Bank to employees whose professional activities have material impact on risk profile of the Bank (the "Identified Staff") and to employees without such status, indicated in above-mentioned policies. In November, 7 2022 the Management Board by way of resolution amended remuneration policies, and in November, 14 2022 Supervisory Board adopted them. In December, 16 2022 the Extraordinary General Assembly of Shareholders decided to implement motivation programs that are based on the existing shares in capital of the Bank. In case Bank will not be able to deliver to employees required number of real shares, adopted changes to policies enable Bank to payout a part of remuneration as phantom share award or in case of the decision of the Bank, in form of phantom or real shares of the Bank. Remuneration policies allow for 1:1 conversion of phantom shares granted before the adoption of amendments, provided that an appropriate agreement is signed with employees concerned. On December 29, 2023 the Polish Financial Supervision Authority granted the Bank its permission to buy-back Bank's shares referred to in Article 77 and Article 78 section 1 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and amending Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012. The buy-back of Bank's shares started in January 2024.

For all stock award programmes, during the applicable vesting period, the shares awarded cannot be sold or transferred by the participant, and the award is subject to cancellation if the participant's employment is terminated. After the award vests, the shares become freely transferable (subject to the stock ownership commitment of senior employees). From the date of award, the recipient of a restricted stock award can direct the vote of the shares and receive regular dividends to the extent dividends are paid on Citigroup common stock.

Recipients of deferred stock awards receive dividend equivalents to the extent dividends are paid on Citigroup common stock, but cannot vote.

Information with respect to current year stock awards is as follows:

Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
Shares awarded 1,341,146 662,008 934,248 662,008
Weighted average fair market value per share $42.77 $59.59 $50.21 $59.59
Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Compensation cost charged to earnings 35 36 31 36
Fair value adjustments recorded to equity 3 (8) 3 (8)
Total carrying amount of equity-settled transaction liability 50 42 50 42
Total carrying amount of cash-settled transaction liability 15 - - -
Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Stock Awards
To be granted in 2024 2 - - -
Granted in 2023 36 - 35 -
Granted in 2022 5 28 4 28
Granted in 2021 1 6 1 6
Granted in 2020 - 2 - 2
Granted in 2019 - - - -
Granted in 2018 - - - -
Cash Accrued (9) - (9) -
Total Expense 35 36 31 36

The Group and Company did not operate or have any stock option programme (2022: $nil).

38. Contingent liabilities and commitments

The following tables give the nominal principal amounts and risk weighted amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments. The nominal principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding at the statement of financial position date and do not represent amounts at risk.

Group Company
Contract amount 31 December 2023
$m
Contract amount 31 December 2022
$m
Contract amount 31 December 2023
$m
Contract amount 31 December 2022
$m
Undrawn credit lines 39,555 28,782 35,762 28,780
Other commitments
- less than 1 yr 12,062 11,545 11,633 11,320
- 1 yr and over 5,567 6,238 5,243 6,464
Total 57,184 46,565 52,638 46,564

Other commitments primarily relate to the Trade business in Ireland. The Group held an ECL of $89 million as at 31 December 2023 (2022: ECL of $122 million), with respect to its commitments.

Expected credit loss - Contingent liabilities and commitments

The following table shows an analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances:

Group
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 42,863 42,488 3,602 2,076 100 166
New assets originated or purchased 14,547 6,461 1,053 815 - 6
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 3,475 - 539 - 2 -
Asset derecognised or matured (7,954) (4,682) (965) (681) (58) (84)
Transfers to Stage 1 1,645 732 (1,633) (666) (12) (66)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1,072) (2,064) 1,072 2,082 - (18)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (72) (51) (24) 51 96
Amounts written off - - (25) - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 53,504 42,863 3,592 3,602 83 100
Group
Exposure Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January - - 46,565 44,730
New assets originated or purchased 1 - 15,601 7,282
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 4 - 4,020 -
Asset derecognised or matured - - (8,977) (5,447)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Amounts written off - - (25) -
Other movements - - - -
At 31 December 5 - 57,184 46,565
Group
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 28 34 76 29 19 17
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 10 13 19 28 - 1
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 3 - 3 - 1 -
Exposure derecognised or matured (12) - (10) (1) (11) -
Transfers to Stage 1 16 18 (15) (9) - (9)
Transfers to Stage 2 (3) (1) 3 2 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - - (3) (1) 3 1
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (5) (10) (11) 18 3 9
Amounts written off - - (3) - - -
Other movements (6) (26) (10) 10 (6) 1
At 31 December 31 28 49 76 9 19
Group
ECL Stage POCI Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January - - 123 80
ECL on new assets originated or purchased - - 29 42
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy - - 7 -
Exposure derecognised or matured - - (33) (1)
Transfers to Stage 1 - - 1 -
Transfers to Stage 2 - - - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - - - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance - - (13) 17
Amounts written off - - (3) -
Other movements - - (22) (15)
At 31 December - - 89 123
Company
Exposure Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 42,863 42,475 3,602 2,076 99 166
New assets originated or purchased 13,810 6,461 925 815 - 6
Asset derecognised or matured (7,630) (4,669) (947) (681) (58) (85)
Transfers to Stage 1 1,612 732 (1,600) (666) (12) (66)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1,027) (2,064) 1,027 2,082 - (18)
Transfers to Stage 3 - (72) (51) (24) 51 96
Amounts written off - - (25) - - -
Other movements - - - - - -
At 31 December 49,628 42,863 2,931 3,602 80 99
Company
Exposure Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
Outstanding exposure as at 1 January 46,564 44,717
New assets originated or purchased 14,735 7,282
Asset derecognised or matured (8,635) (5,435)
Transfers to Stage 1 - -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Amounts written off (25) -
Other movements - -
At 31 December 52,639 46,564
Company
ECL Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 27 34 76 29 19 17
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 10 12 18 28 - 1
Exposure derecognised or matured (12) - (10) (1) (11) -
Transfers to Stage 1 16 18 (15) (9) - (9)
Transfers to Stage 2 (3) (1) 3 2 - (1)
Transfers to Stage 3 - - (3) (1) 3 1
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (4) (10) (12) 18 3 9
Amounts written off - - (3) - - -
Other movements (6) (26) (10) 10 (6) 1
At 31 December 28 27 44 76 8 19
Company
ECL Total
2023
$m
2022
$m
IFRS 9 ECL as at 1 January 122 80
ECL on new assets originated or purchased 28 41
Exposure derecognised or matured (33) (1)
Transfers to Stage 1 1 -
Transfers to Stage 2 - -
Transfers to Stage 3 - -
Net remeasurement of loss allowance (13) 17
Amounts written off (3) -
Other movements (22) (15)
At 31 December 80 122

39. Involvement with unconsolidated structured entities

Nature, purpose and extent of the Group's interests in unconsolidated structured entities

The Group engages in various business activities with structured entities which are designed to achieve a specific business purpose. A structured entity is one that has been set up so that any voting rights or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the Group. An example is when voting rights relate only to administrative tasks and the relevant activities are directed by contractual arrangements.

Structured entities are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the structured entities indicate that the structured entities are controlled by the Group. The entities covered by this disclosure note are not consolidated because the Group does not control them through voting rights, contract, funding agreements, or other means. The extent of the Group's interests to unconsolidated structured entities will vary depending on the type of structured entities.

Asset Based Financing

The Group provides loans and other forms of financing to structured entities that hold assets. Those loans are subject to the same credit approvals as all other loans originated or purchased by the Group.

The Group does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact these structured entities economic performance. These vehicles are funded usually via a syndicate of lenders.

The table below sets out an analysis of carrying amounts of interests held by the Group in unconsolidated structured entities by the type of underlying assets, which is the Group's maximum exposure to loss, and also the total assets of these unconsolidated structured entities.

Group
Carrying amount Total assets of the unconsolidated structured entities
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to customers
Airplanes, ships and other assets 194 169 2,157 532
Commercial and other real estate 599 579 6,222 6,261
Total 793 748 8,379 6,793
Investment securities at amortised cost
Airplanes, ships and other assets 254 - 298 -
Total 254 - 298 -

The above exposure is the asset based financing provided to 15 entities (2022: 20). The Group has further commitments of $20 million (2022: $77 million) to these entities.

Company
Carrying amount Total assets of the unconsolidated structured entities
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Loans and advances to customers
Airplanes, ships and other assets 194 169 2,157 532
Commercial and other real estate 599 579 6,222 6,261
Total 793 748 8,379 6,793

The above exposure is the asset based financing provided to 14 entities (2022: 20). The Company has further commitments of $20 million (2022: $77 million) to these entities.

The asset based financing represents the statement of financial position carrying amount of the Group's financing in the structured entities. It reflects the initial financing in the structured entities adjusted for any accrued interest and cash principal payments received. The carrying amount may also be adjusted for increases or declines in fair value or any impairment in value recognised in the income statement.

40. Leases

A. Leases as a lessee

Information about leases for which the Group and the Company is a lessee is presented below.

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased office buildings in branches and subsidiaries.

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Balances at 1 January 102 62 102 62
Additions to right-of-use assets 51 66 48 66
Acquisition of Bank Handlowy 25 - - -
Disposals - - - -
Depreciation charge for the year (27) (20) (26) (20)
Foreign exchange 1 (6) 1 (6)
Balances at 31 December 152 102 125 102

Lease liabilities

Group Company
Maturity analysis 31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
31 December 2023
$m
31 December 2022
$m
Expiring:
- within one year 3 2 1 2
- between one and five years 37 31 34 31
-in five years and more 122 76 98 76
Total discounted lease liabilities at 31 December 162 109 133 109
Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position at 31 December 162 109 133 109
Current 3 2 1 2
Non-current 159 107 132 107

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Group Company
Leases under IFRS 16 2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Interest on lease liabilities - - - -

Amounts recognised in statement of cash flows

Group Company
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
Total cash outflow for leases (25) (39) (23) (39)

41. Related party transactions

The Group is a wholly owned subsidiary undertaking of Citibank Overseas Holdings Bahamas Limited (COHBL), incorporated in Bahamas. The largest Group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is Citigroup Inc., registered at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle, DE, 19810, United States of America. Until 17 October 2023, the Company was a subsidiary undertaking of Citibank Holding Ireland Limited (CHIL), incorporated in Ireland.

The Group defines related parties as the Board of Directors, senior management, their close family members, parent and fellow subsidiaries and associated companies. The Group considers the key management of the Group to be the members of the Executive Committee (ExCo).

Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation comprised the following:

Group and Company
Remuneration 2023
$m
2022
$m
Salaries and other short term benefits 14 16
Post-Employment Benefits 1 1
Termination Benefits - -
15 17
Number of KMP YTD 25 25
Number of KMP 31st December 20 20

Key Management Personnel (KMP) are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that Group. This has been defined as CEP Executive Committee (ExCo) and any Executive, Non-Executive or Independent Non-Executive Directors for the Group.

Remuneration data includes full KMP population year to date i.e. including part year cases. For part year cases the annual remuneration data is prorated accordingly to the period of being recognised as KMP. For any internal Non-Executive Directors who are not employed by the Group their remuneration data is excluded from the figures provided and only headcount is reported.

Salaries and other short term benefits comprises, role based allowance, variable compensation, cash in lieu of pension and the value of other benefits.

Post Employment benefit includes employer contributions paid to pension funds.

Termination benefits data reflects severance payments. 4

Population numbers includes interim KMPs. Individuals who are standing attendees of the ExCo only are excluded.

At 31 December 2023, there were no outstanding exposures to Directors including loans (2022: $nil).

4 Excludes severance payments paid to anyone by any other legal entity within Citi in connection with the termination of their employment by that legal entity.

A number of transactions are entered into with other Citigroup companies. These include loans and deposits that provide funding to other Citigroup companies as well as derivative contracts used to hedge residual risks that are included in the other assets and other liabilities balances. Various services are provided between related parties. The table below summarises balances with related parties.

Group
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Assets Parent company undertakings
$m
Other Citigroup undertakings
$m
Total
$m
Parent company undertakings
$m
Other Citigroup undertakings
$m
Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents - 8,983 8,983 - 2,624 2,624
Loans and advances to banks - 1,470 1,470 - 1,385 1,385
Loans and advances to customers - 20 20 - 57 57
Reverse Repurchase Agreement - 8,190 8,190 - 7,853 7,853
Other assets - 2,276 2,276 - 1,865 1,865
Derivatives - 19,508 19,508 - 13,015 13,015
Liabilities
Deposits by banks - 5,400 5,400 - 5,849 5,849
Customer accounts - 1,801 1,801 2 1,010 1,012
Other liabilities - 1,980 1,980 - 602 602
Repurchase Agreement - 670 670 - 931 931
Derivatives - 20,394 20,394 - 14,186 14,186
Subordinated liabilities - 8,482 8,482 4,455 - 4,455
Commitments and guarantees Income statement - - - - 911 911
Interest and similar income - 701 701 - 129 129
Interest payable (154) (323) (477) (54) (104) (158)
Net fee and commission expenses - 295 295 - 302 302
Net income from other financial instruments at FVTPL - - - - 4 4
Other operating income - 863 863 - 744 744
Net trading income - 471 471 - (2,800) (2,800)
Net investment income - - - - - -
Personnel expenses - (2) (2) - (1) (1)
Other expenses - (403) (403) - (254) (254)
Company
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
(Restated)
Assets Parent company undertakings
$m
Subsidiary
$m
Other Citigroup undertakings
$m
Total
$m
Parent company undertakings
$m
Other Citigroup undertakings
$m
Cash and cash equivalents - 185 8,944 9,129 - 2,624
Loans and advances to banks * - 81 1,469 1,550 - 1,385
Loans and advances to customers * - - 20 20 - 57
Reverse Repurchase Agreement * - - 6,561 6,561 - 7,853
Other assets - 2 2,219 2,221 - 1,865
Derivatives - - 19,152 19,152 - 13,015
Liabilities
Deposits by banks - 6 5,163 5,169 - 5,849
Customer accounts - - 1,735 1,735 2 1,010
Other liabilities * - 1 1,904 1,905 - 602
Repurchase Agreement * - - 670 670 - 931
Derivatives - - 20,066 20,066 - 14,186
Subordinated liabilities - - 8,482 8,482 4,455 -
Commitments and guarantees - - - - - 911
Income statement
Interest and similar income - - 689 689 - 129
Interest payable (154) (2) (321) (477) (54) (104)
Net fee and commission expenses - - 264 264 - 302
Net income from other financial instruments at FVTPL - - - - - 4
Other operating income - - 865 865 - 744
Net trading income - 1 461 462 - (2,800)
Net investment income - - - - - -
Personnel expenses - - (2) (2) - (1)
Other expenses - (1) (401) (402) - (254)
Company
31 December 2022
(Restated)
Assets Total
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 2,624
Loans and advances to banks * 1,385
Loans and advances to customers * 57
Reverse Repurchase Agreement * 7,853
Other assets 1,865
Derivatives 13,015
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 5,849
Customer accounts 1,012
Other liabilities * 602
Repurchase Agreement * 931
Derivatives 14,186
Subordinated liabilities 4,455
Commitments and guarantees 911
Income statement
Interest and similar income 129
Interest payable (158)
Net fee and commission expenses 302
Net income from other financial instruments at FVTPL 4
Other operating income 744
Net trading income (2,800)
Net investment income -
Personnel expenses (1)
Other expenses (254)

* To provide more relevant information to the readers of the financial statements reverse repurchase agreement and repurchase agreement balances have been presented separately from Loans and advances to banks and customers and Other liabilities respectively. Comparative balances have also been updated accordingly.

There were no transactions with CitiCapital Leasing (March) Ltd as a subsidiary in the previous year and in the current year. Transactions with BHW, a new subsidiary acquired on the 15th of November 2023 are disclosed in the table above.

The total carrying amount of equity-settled transaction liability due to Citigroup Inc was $50 million (2022: $42 million). A $26 million (2022: $19 million) cash payment was made to Citigroup Inc in relation to the equity-settled transaction liability. Please refer to Note 37 Share-based incentive plans for further details.

No dividends were paid by the Group to its direct parent, Citibank Overseas Holdings Bahamas Limited (COHBL), incorporated in Bahamas) in relation to 2023 earnings during the year (2022: $nil).

42. Parent companies

The Company is a subsidiary undertaking of Citibank Overseas Holdings Bahamas Limited (COHBL), incorporated in Bahamas. The largest Group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is Citigroup Inc., registered at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle, DE, 19810, United States of America. Until 17 October 2023, the Company was a subsidiary undertaking of Citibank Holding Ireland Limited (CHIL), incorporated in Ireland.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Citigroup Inc. are made available to the public annually in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission regulations and may be obtained from http:// www.citigroup.com/citi/investor/corporate_governance.html

43. Approval of financial statements

The financial statements of the Group and Company were approved by the Board of Directors on the 27 March 2024.

COUNTRY BY COUNTRY REPORTING

for the year ended 31 December 2023

KPMG

Audit

1 Harbourmaster Place

IFSC

Dublin 1

D01 F6F5

Ireland

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE DIRECTORS OF CITIBANK EUROPE PLC

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying Country-by-Country ("CBC") financial information of Citibank Europe Plc ("the Group") for the year ended 31 December 2023 pursuant to European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations, 2014 ("the Regulations") which is required to be audited by Regulation 77 of those Regulations. The CBC financial information set out on pages 217 to 219 in the Citibank Europe plc Country-by-Country Reporting (collectively "the CBC financial information"), has been prepared on a consolidated prudential basis more fully explained within the Basis of Preparation on page 217.

In our opinion, the CBC financial information as at 31 December 2023:

is properly prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the special purpose basis of preparation set out on page 217 to the CBC financial information; and

discloses the items of CBC financial information required to be published by Regulation 77 of the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations, 2014.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (Ireland) ("ISAs (Ireland)"), including ISA (Ireland) 800 and ISA (Ireland) 805, and the terms of our engagement letter dated 11 October 2023. Our responsibilities are described within the Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the CBC financial information section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the CBC financial information in Ireland, including the Ethical Standard issued by the Irish Auditing and Accounting Supervisory Authority (IAASA) as applicable to public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of matter - special purpose basis of preparation

In forming our opinion on the CBC financial information, which is unmodified, we draw your attention to the disclosure made on page 217 concerning the basis of preparation. The CBC financial information is prepared by the Group for the purpose of meeting the requirements of Regulation 77 of the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations, 2014. The CBC financial information has therefore been prepared in accordance with a special purpose framework and, as a result, the CBC information may not be suitable for another purpose.

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the CBC financial information, we have concluded that the Directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the CBC financial information is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors' assessment of the Group's ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

• We used our knowledge of the Group, the financial services industry, and the general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to the business model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group's financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely affect the Group's available financial resources over this period were:

the availability of funding and liquidity in the event of a market wide stress scenario; an

the impact on regulatory capital requirements in the event of an economic slowdown or recession.

We also considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the availability of financial resources in the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible, downside scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively against the level of available financial resources indicated by the Group's financial forecasts.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the CBC financial information is authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Detecting irregularities including fraud

We identified the areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the CBC financial information and risks of material misstatement due to fraud, using our understanding of the entity's industry, regulatory environment and other external factors and inquiry with the Directors. In addition, our risk assessment procedures included:

Inquiring with the Directors and other management as to the Group's policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations, identifying, evaluating and accounting for litigation and claims, as well as whether they have knowledge of non-compliance or instances of litigation or claims.

Inquiring of Directors, the Audit Committee and internal audit and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group's high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

Inquiring of Directors, the Audit Committee and internal audit regarding their assessment of the risk that the CBC financial information may be materially misstated due to irregularities, including fraud.

Inspecting the Group's regulatory and legal correspondence.

Reading minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and the Audit Committe.

Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management and Directors.

Performing planning analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships.

We discussed identified laws and regulations, fraud risk factors and the need to remain alert among the audit team. This included communication from the Group to full scope component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations and any fraud risks identified at the Group level and request to full scope component audit teams to report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement at Group.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the CBC financial information including the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations, 2014, companies and financial reporting legislation. We assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related CBC financial information items, including assessing the CBC financial information disclosures and agreeing them to supporting documentation when necessary.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the CBC financial information, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or the loss of the Group's licence to operate. We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: regulatory capital and liquidity and certain aspects of company legislation recognising the financial and regulated nature of the Group's activities and its legal form.

Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these non-direct laws and regulations to inquiry of the Directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. These limited procedures did not identify actual or suspected non-compliance.

We assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. As required by auditing standards, we performed procedures to address the risk of management override of controls. On this audit we do not believe there is a fraud risk related to revenue recognition.

In response to the fraud risks, we also performed procedures including:

Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation; and

Assessing the disclosures in the CBC financial information.

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group operates and gaining an understanding of the control environment including the entity's procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the CBC financial information, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations (irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in the CBC financial information, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

Respective responsibilities and restrictions on use

Responsibilities of Directors for the CBC financial information

The Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the CBC financial information in accordance with the requirements of the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulations, 2014 relevant to preparing such CBC financial information; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the CBC financial information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the CBC financial information

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the CBC financial information as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor's report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (Ireland) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the CBC financial information.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on IAASA's website at https://iaasa.ie/publications/description-of-the-auditors-responsibilities-for-the-audit-of-the-financial-statements/.

The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities

Our report is made solely to the Group's Directors, as a body, in accordance with our engagement letter to provide a report pursuant to Regulation 77 of the European Union (Capital Requirements) Regulation, 2014. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Group's Directors those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report on CBC financial information and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Group and the Group's Directors as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

28 March 2024

 

for and on behalf of
KPMG
Chartered Accountants, Statutory Audit Firm

James Black

1 Harbourmaster Place

IFSC

Dublin 1

D01 F6F5

Country by Country Reporting

The Country by Country is a reporting requirement per the European Commission as detailed under Article 89 of the CRD IV directive 2013/36/EU.

The Commissions aims through this report to allow stakeholders to gain a better understanding of the structures of financial groups, their activities and geographical presence and to understand the payment of taxes vis a vie the location of where actual business activity takes place.

The requirement lays out that all "Banks" and "Investment Firms" have to report annually, for each country in which they have an establishment, data on:

Name(s), activities, geographical location

Turnover

Staff Numbers

Profit and loss before Tax

Tax on profit or Loss

Public Subsidies received

Once approved by the Board the report will be duly saved to the Citigroup Inc website under Investor Relations.

Article 89 of the CRD requires credit institutions to disclose certain information on a branch by branch basis.

Basis of Preparation:

The Table below presents the Group's turnover, average number of employees, profit or loss before tax, tax on profit and public subsidies received based on the geographic locations in which the Group operates. The Group prepares statutory financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU). The CBC disclosures are prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and as regards the scope of consolidation on a prudential basis as required by the EU Capital Requirements Regulations. There is no difference between the Group's statutory financial statements and its prudential basis of consolidation.

Overview of the table:

The Table below presents the Group's turnover, number of employees, profit and loss before tax, tax on profit or loss and public subsidies received. Set out below are the definitions which have been applied in preparing the information within the Table below.

Turnover:

Turnover represents total operating income, which comprises net interest income, net fee and commission income, net trading income, dividend income and other operating income.

Employees:

This represents the average number of Full Time Equivalents being full and part time employees but excluding any agency and contracting staff.

Profit and Loss before Tax:

Profit and loss before tax is reported in a manner consistent with that included in these Annual Financial Statements.

Tax on profit:

Tax on profit or loss represents the tax expense recognised within the income statement and does not reflect the actual amount of corporation tax paid. Included within the tax on profit or loss is both current tax and deferred tax.

Public Subsidies Received:

Subsidies received is considered a direct transfer of funds, such as a grant from a state body.

Nature of activities:

Citibank Europe Plc. (CEP) is a licenced credit institution authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) and is headquartered in Ireland. Pursuant to its authorisation by the CBI, CEP has passported under the European Union's (EU) Banking Consolidation Directive and accordingly is permitted to conduct a broad range of banking and financial-services activities across the EEA through branches and on a cross border basis.

The Company's overseas passported branches are located in Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom. In addition to the overseas passported branches, CEP has two branches in Poland and Hungary which provide key operation and technology support services to other Citigroup affiliates.

The Company's subsidiaries are located in Poland and the United Kingdom

A Country by Country Reporting (CBCR) obligation was introduced through Article 89 of the EUR Directive 2013/36/EU, otherwise known as the Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV). CEP is required on a consolidated basis to report the following information for each period of account.

Consolidated Turnover 2023
$m
Turnover 2022
$m
Number of Employees 2023 Number of Employees 2022 Profit or (Loss) before tax 2023
$m
Profit or (Loss) before tax 2022
$m
Austria 6 2 9 8 2 1
Belgium 9 2 15 13 1 1
Bulgaria 43 23 51 49 39 15
Czech Republic 201 142 266 247 125 88
Germany 114 58 143 125 49 22
Denmark 3 5 17 14 (5) (1)
Spain 60 39 175 168 28 11
Finland 6 4 18 16 1 -
France 135 95 187 155 15 23
United Kingdom 123 182 103 90 72 55
Greece 46 24 105 102 10 (1)
Hungary 359 242 2,973 2,752 124 50
Ireland 1,990 1,604 2,693 2,394 1,209 739
Italy 29 (2) 62 50 (2) 10
Luxembourg 222 87 251 234 109 65
Netherlands 117 21 104 90 77 53
Norway 18 6 16 15 9 8
Poland 633 294 9,309 5,801 111 26
Portugal 6 1 16 18 - 1
Romania 158 113 181 176 150 93
Sweden 38 40 98 85 (8) 4
Slovakia 31 21 41 42 25 11
Total 4,347 3,003 16,833 12,644 2,141 1,274
Consolidated Tax (charge)/ release on profit or loss 2023
$m
Tax (charge)/ release on profit or loss 2022
$m
Public subsidies received 2023
$m
Public subsidies received 2022
$m
Austria - - - -
Belgium - - - -
Bulgaria (4) (2) - -
Czech Republic (30) (19) - -
Germany (14) (8) - -
Denmark 1 - - -
Spain (4) (4) - -
Finland - - - -
France (3) (6) - -
United Kingdom 4 (19) - -
Greece (2) (1) - -
Hungary (46) (8) - -
Ireland (196) (118) - -
Italy (4) (5) - -
Luxembourg (22) (16) 0.099 0.041
Netherlands (19) (13) - -
Norway (2) (2) - -
Poland (28) (5) - -
Portugal - (1) - -
Romania (23) (15) - -
Sweden - - - -
Slovakia (6) (2) - -
Total (398) (244) 0.099 0.041

Nachrichten & Medien

Insolvenzbekanntmachungen

Aktuelle Insolvenzverfahren

Prüfen, ob Insolvenzverfahren für dieses Unternehmen vorliegen

Handelsregister Dokumente

Gesellschafterliste
Aktueller Abdruck
Chronologischer Abdruck

Organisationen an dieser Adresse

99 nahegelegene Organisationen

Liste von Unternehmen und Organisationen an oder in der Nähe dieser Geschäftsadresse. Die Daten umfassen Firmennamen, Adressen, Registrierungsdetails und Branchenklassifikationen.
Die Informationen auf dieser Seite stammen aus öffentlichen Quellen, offiziellen Registern oder werden von Drittanbietern bereitgestellt. Fusionbase übernimmt keine Garantie für die Richtigkeit, Vollständigkeit oder Aktualität der Daten. Melde dich bei Fragen oder Anregungen über unser Kontaktformular.